From dfb1e7a58aad2704ca66dea42e24c831e0e59900 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dan Mueth Date: Wed, 14 Mar 2001 16:58:12 +0000 Subject: Adding GNOME User's Guide which Wilddev (Chris Lyttle ) 2001-03-14 Dan Mueth Adding GNOME User's Guide which Wilddev (Chris Lyttle ) put together for GNOME 1.4. --- .../C/applets/anotherclock-ug.sgml | 247 ++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/applet2ug | 42 + .../C/applets/asclock-ug.sgml | 260 ++ .../C/applets/battery-ug.sgml | 540 +++ .../C/applets/cdplayer-ug.sgml | 170 + .../C/applets/charpick-ug.sgml | 342 ++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clock-ug.sgml | 265 ++ .../C/applets/clockmail-ug.sgml | 343 ++ .../C/applets/cpuload-ug.sgml | 319 ++ .../C/applets/cpumemusage-ug.sgml | 175 + .../C/applets/desk-guide-ug.sgml | 603 ++++ .../C/applets/diskusage-ug.sgml | 259 ++ .../C/applets/drivemount-ug.sgml | 571 +++ .../C/applets/fifteen-ug.sgml | 171 + .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fish-ug.sgml | 254 ++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/geyes-ug.sgml | 203 ++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gkb-ug.sgml | 523 +++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gnotes-ug.sgml | 293 ++ .../C/applets/gweather-ug.sgml | 580 +++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/jbc-ug.sgml | 240 ++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/life-ug.sgml | 217 ++ .../C/applets/loadavg-ug.sgml | 305 ++ .../C/applets/mailcheck-ug.sgml | 345 ++ .../C/applets/memload-ug.sgml | 329 ++ .../C/applets/mini-commander-ug.sgml | 402 +++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mixer-ug.sgml | 193 + .../C/applets/modemlights-ug.sgml | 317 ++ .../C/applets/netload-ug.sgml | 333 ++ .../C/applets/odometer-ug.sgml | 308 ++ .../C/applets/printer-ug.sgml | 249 ++ .../C/applets/quicklaunch-ug.sgml | 181 + .../C/applets/screenshooter-ug.sgml | 714 ++++ .../C/applets/sound-monitor-ug.sgml | 505 +++ .../C/applets/swapload-ug.sgml | 289 ++ .../C/applets/tasklist-ug.sgml | 483 +++ .../C/applets/tickastat-ug.sgml | 504 +++ .../C/applets/webcontrol-ug.sgml | 240 ++ .../C/applets/whereami-ug.sgml | 167 + .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/authors.sgml | 80 + .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/desktop.sgml | 205 ++ gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/fdl.sgml | 636 ++++ .../C/figures/anotherclock-applet.png | Bin 0 -> 4249 bytes .../C/figures/anotherclock-properties.png | Bin 0 -> 52051 bytes .../C/figures/applet_props_dialog.png | Bin 0 -> 86087 bytes .../C/figures/asclock_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 5455 bytes .../C/figures/asclock_settings.png | Bin 0 -> 8609 bytes .../C/figures/battery-applet-ac-offline-25-20.png | Bin 0 -> 520 bytes .../C/figures/battery-applet-ac-online-25-20.png | Bin 0 -> 580 bytes .../C/figures/battery-applet-graph.png | Bin 0 -> 417 bytes .../figures/battery-applet-properties-general.png | Bin 0 -> 5724 bytes .../C/figures/battery-applet-properties-graph.png | Bin 0 -> 6179 bytes .../figures/battery-applet-properties-messages.png | Bin 0 -> 5319 bytes .../figures/battery-applet-properties-readout.png | Bin 0 -> 5099 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/bg-capplet.png | Bin 0 -> 40481 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/border1.png | Bin 0 -> 4638 bytes .../C/figures/cdplayer_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 1174 bytes .../C/figures/charpick_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 358 bytes .../C/figures/charpick_applet_settings.png | Bin 0 -> 5565 bytes .../C/figures/charpick_characters.png | Bin 0 -> 36598 bytes .../C/figures/clock_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 374 bytes .../C/figures/clock_settings.png | Bin 0 -> 5059 bytes .../C/figures/clockmail-prefs-general.png | Bin 0 -> 78270 bytes .../C/figures/clockmail-prefs-theme.png | Bin 0 -> 54909 bytes .../C/figures/clockmail_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 1458 bytes .../C/figures/cpuload-applet-default.png | Bin 0 -> 52472 bytes .../C/figures/cpuload-applet-greyed.png | Bin 0 -> 52706 bytes .../C/figures/cpuload-applet-properties.png | Bin 0 -> 49387 bytes .../C/figures/cpuload-applet.png | Bin 0 -> 228 bytes .../C/figures/cpumemusage-applet.png | Bin 0 -> 206 bytes .../C/figures/create_launcher.png | Bin 0 -> 4576 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/custicon.png | Bin 0 -> 112744 bytes .../C/figures/deskguide-fig.png | Bin 0 -> 731 bytes .../figures/deskguide-properties-advanced-fig.png | Bin 0 -> 10799 bytes .../figures/deskguide-properties-geometry-fig.png | Bin 0 -> 11768 bytes .../C/figures/deskguide-properties-tasks-fig.png | Bin 0 -> 8213 bytes .../C/figures/deskguide-properties.png | Bin 0 -> 9319 bytes .../C/figures/deskguide-tasklist-fig.png | Bin 0 -> 4454 bytes .../C/figures/diskusage-applet-prefs.png | Bin 0 -> 8304 bytes .../C/figures/diskusage-applet.png | Bin 0 -> 826 bytes .../C/figures/drawer_open.png | Bin 0 -> 11373 bytes .../C/figures/drawer_properties.png | Bin 0 -> 6700 bytes .../C/figures/drivemount_applet_all.png | Bin 0 -> 1877 bytes .../C/figures/drivemount_applet_floppy.png | Bin 0 -> 459 bytes .../C/figures/drivemount_applet_settings.png | Bin 0 -> 5788 bytes .../C/figures/drivemount_applet_tooltip.png | Bin 0 -> 8501 bytes .../C/figures/example_applets.png | Bin 0 -> 1860 bytes .../C/figures/example_menu.png | Bin 0 -> 5841 bytes .../C/figures/example_panel.png | Bin 0 -> 8821 bytes .../C/figures/fifteen_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 1288 bytes .../C/figures/fish_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 2006 bytes .../C/figures/fish_settings.png | Bin 0 -> 8975 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-1.png | Bin 0 -> 1218 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-2.png | Bin 0 -> 1260 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-3.png | Bin 0 -> 1290 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-4.png | Bin 0 -> 1251 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-5.png | Bin 0 -> 1293 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-6.png | Bin 0 -> 1284 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-desk.png | Bin 0 -> 154508 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full.png | Bin 0 -> 85425 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccalf.png | Bin 0 -> 31744 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccappdef.png | Bin 0 -> 29315 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccdialog.png | Bin 0 -> 28155 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccedit.png | Bin 0 -> 27374 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gcchints.png | Bin 0 -> 26959 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmdi.png | Bin 0 -> 24971 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmime.png | Bin 0 -> 34380 bytes .../C/figures/gccsession-props.png | Bin 0 -> 16981 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsessopt.png | Bin 0 -> 29093 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound1.png | Bin 0 -> 29808 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound2.png | Bin 0 -> 35329 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccstartup.png | Bin 0 -> 28349 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccurl.png | Bin 0 -> 29733 bytes .../C/figures/geyes_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 1622 bytes .../C/figures/geyes_settings.png | Bin 0 -> 3674 bytes .../C/figures/gkb_add_list.png | Bin 0 -> 6670 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 1096 bytes .../C/figures/gkb_applet_settings.png | Bin 0 -> 4502 bytes .../C/figures/gkb_edit_keymap.png | Bin 0 -> 8616 bytes .../C/figures/glob_pref_anim.png | Bin 0 -> 12533 bytes .../C/figures/gnome-logo-large.png | Bin 0 -> 23473 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-fig.png | Bin 0 -> 3587 bytes .../C/figures/gnotes-properties.png | Bin 0 -> 4650 bytes .../C/figures/gweather_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 1152 bytes .../C/figures/gweather_settings.png | Bin 0 -> 4366 bytes .../C/figures/gweather_weather.png | Bin 0 -> 8980 bytes .../C/figures/hide-button.png | Bin 0 -> 287 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/jbc_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 2178 bytes .../C/figures/keyboard-capplet.png | Bin 0 -> 30160 bytes .../C/figures/launcher_properties_advanced.png | Bin 0 -> 7208 bytes .../C/figures/launcher_properties_basic.png | Bin 0 -> 6232 bytes .../C/figures/life-applet.png | Bin 0 -> 4033 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/link.png | Bin 0 -> 974 bytes .../C/figures/loadavg-applet-default.png | Bin 0 -> 53358 bytes .../C/figures/loadavg-applet-greyed.png | Bin 0 -> 55734 bytes .../C/figures/loadavg-applet-properties.png | Bin 0 -> 51616 bytes .../C/figures/loadavg-applet.png | Bin 0 -> 1038 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/locbar.png | Bin 0 -> 4296 bytes .../C/figures/logout-screen.png | Bin 0 -> 4336 bytes .../C/figures/mailcheck-applet.png | Bin 0 -> 2033 bytes .../C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailbox.png | Bin 0 -> 58075 bytes .../C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailcheck.png | Bin 0 -> 69861 bytes .../C/figures/mainmenu_properties.png | Bin 0 -> 7003 bytes .../C/figures/memload-applet-default.png | Bin 0 -> 55430 bytes .../C/figures/memload-applet-greyed.png | Bin 0 -> 55738 bytes .../C/figures/memload-applet-properties.png | Bin 0 -> 51474 bytes .../C/figures/memload-applet.png | Bin 0 -> 177 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/menueditor.png | Bin 0 -> 149108 bytes .../C/figures/mini-commander_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 545 bytes .../C/figures/mini-commander_settings_general.png | Bin 0 -> 6786 bytes .../C/figures/mixer_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 1078 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mm-button.png | Bin 0 -> 1682 bytes .../C/figures/modemlights-advpref.png | Bin 0 -> 5191 bytes .../C/figures/modemlights-prefs.png | Bin 0 -> 5826 bytes .../C/figures/modemlights.png | Bin 0 -> 1040 bytes .../C/figures/mouse-capplet.png | Bin 0 -> 29484 bytes .../C/figures/netload-applet-default.png | Bin 0 -> 54094 bytes .../C/figures/netload-applet-greyed.png | Bin 0 -> 54613 bytes .../C/figures/netload-applet-properties.png | Bin 0 -> 51310 bytes .../C/figures/netload-applet.png | Bin 0 -> 2132 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/noread.png | Bin 0 -> 1390 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/nowrite.png | Bin 0 -> 1901 bytes .../C/figures/odometer_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 4305 bytes .../C/figures/odometer_settings.png | Bin 0 -> 44859 bytes .../C/figures/odometer_themes.png | Bin 0 -> 44590 bytes .../C/figures/panel_applets.png | Bin 0 -> 1860 bytes .../C/figures/panel_lockbut.png | Bin 0 -> 2501 bytes .../C/figures/panel_logoutbut.png | Bin 0 -> 3057 bytes .../C/figures/panel_props_back.png | Bin 0 -> 33566 bytes .../C/figures/panel_props_edge.png | Bin 0 -> 6734 bytes .../C/figures/panel_runbutton.png | Bin 0 -> 1751 bytes .../C/figures/panel_runprogram.png | Bin 0 -> 3156 bytes .../C/figures/panel_swallow.png | Bin 0 -> 3876 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-1.png | Bin 0 -> 1205 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-2.png | Bin 0 -> 1263 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-3.png | Bin 0 -> 1277 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part.png | Bin 0 -> 81919 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-1.png | Bin 0 -> 1233 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-2.png | Bin 0 -> 1285 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-3.png | Bin 0 -> 1270 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-4.png | Bin 0 -> 1249 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player.png | Bin 0 -> 6778 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/prefmenu.png | Bin 0 -> 10431 bytes .../C/figures/printer-fig.png | Bin 0 -> 675 bytes .../C/figures/printer-properties.png | Bin 0 -> 18788 bytes .../C/figures/quicklaunch_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 2677 bytes .../C/figures/screensave-capplet.png | Bin 0 -> 31934 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/sidebar.png | Bin 0 -> 25564 bytes .../C/figures/soundmonitor_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 329 bytes .../C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_settings.png | Bin 0 -> 6075 bytes .../C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_themes.png | Bin 0 -> 5487 bytes .../C/figures/soundmonitor_manager_server.png | Bin 0 -> 5923 bytes .../C/figures/status_dock.png | Bin 0 -> 2626 bytes .../C/figures/swapload-applet-default.png | Bin 0 -> 50926 bytes .../C/figures/swapload-applet-greyed.png | Bin 0 -> 49459 bytes .../C/figures/swapload-applet-properties.png | Bin 0 -> 46389 bytes .../C/figures/swapload-applet.png | Bin 0 -> 162 bytes .../C/figures/tasklist-fig.png | Bin 0 -> 33295 bytes .../C/figures/tasklist-properties-size.png | Bin 0 -> 10751 bytes .../C/figures/tasklist-properties.png | Bin 0 -> 10164 bytes .../C/figures/tasklist-rightclick-fig.png | Bin 0 -> 2288 bytes .../C/figures/theme-select.png | Bin 0 -> 32708 bytes .../C/figures/tickastat_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 1415 bytes .../C/figures/tickastat_coredump.png | Bin 0 -> 1868 bytes .../C/figures/tickastat_loadaverage.png | Bin 0 -> 1614 bytes .../C/figures/tickastat_settings.png | Bin 0 -> 6236 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmenu.png | Bin 0 -> 3071 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmusic.png | Bin 0 -> 5033 bytes .../C/figures/webcontrol-applet-prefs.png | Bin 0 -> 3794 bytes .../C/figures/webcontrol-applet.png | Bin 0 -> 1300 bytes .../C/figures/whereami_applet.png | Bin 0 -> 325 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-add.png | Bin 0 -> 2747 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-main.png | Bin 0 -> 28075 bytes .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gmenu.sgml | 103 + .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnome-users-guide.sgml | 162 + .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnomecc.sgml | 1605 ++++++++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gpl-appendix.sgml | 432 +++ .../C/nautilus-user-manual.sgml | 3814 ++++++++++++++++++++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/newbies.sgml | 719 ++++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/panel.sgml | 2414 +++++++++++++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/ug-applets.sgml | 503 +++ .../gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wheeler.sgml | 266 ++ gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wms.sgml | 90 + 222 files changed, 23510 insertions(+) create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/anotherclock-ug.sgml create mode 100755 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/applet2ug create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/asclock-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/battery-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cdplayer-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/charpick-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clock-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clockmail-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpuload-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpumemusage-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/desk-guide-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/diskusage-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/drivemount-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fifteen-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fish-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/geyes-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gkb-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gnotes-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gweather-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/jbc-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/life-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/loadavg-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mailcheck-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/memload-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mini-commander-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mixer-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/modemlights-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/netload-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/odometer-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/printer-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/quicklaunch-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/screenshooter-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/sound-monitor-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/swapload-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tasklist-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tickastat-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/webcontrol-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/whereami-ug.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/authors.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/desktop.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/fdl.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/applet_props_dialog.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_settings.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-offline-25-20.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-online-25-20.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-graph.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-general.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-graph.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-messages.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-readout.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/bg-capplet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/border1.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cdplayer_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet_settings.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_characters.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_settings.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-general.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-theme.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-default.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-greyed.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpumemusage-applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/create_launcher.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/custicon.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-fig.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-advanced-fig.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-geometry-fig.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-tasks-fig.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-tasklist-fig.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet-prefs.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_open.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_all.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_floppy.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_settings.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_tooltip.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_applets.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_menu.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_panel.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fifteen_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_settings.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-1.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-2.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-3.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-4.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-5.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-6.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-desk.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccalf.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccappdef.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccdialog.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccedit.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gcchints.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmdi.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmime.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsession-props.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsessopt.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound1.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound2.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccstartup.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccurl.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_settings.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_add_list.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet_settings.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_edit_keymap.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/glob_pref_anim.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnome-logo-large.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-fig.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_settings.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_weather.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/hide-button.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/jbc_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/keyboard-capplet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_advanced.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_basic.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/life-applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/link.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-default.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-greyed.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/locbar.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/logout-screen.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailbox.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailcheck.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mainmenu_properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-default.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-greyed.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/menueditor.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_settings_general.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mixer_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mm-button.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-advpref.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-prefs.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mouse-capplet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-default.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-greyed.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/noread.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/nowrite.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_settings.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_themes.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_applets.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_lockbut.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_logoutbut.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_back.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_edge.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runbutton.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runprogram.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_swallow.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-1.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-2.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-3.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-1.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-2.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-3.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-4.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/prefmenu.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-fig.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/quicklaunch_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/screensave-capplet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/sidebar.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_settings.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_themes.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_manager_server.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/status_dock.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-default.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-greyed.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-fig.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties-size.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-rightclick-fig.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/theme-select.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_coredump.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_loadaverage.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_settings.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmenu.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmusic.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet-prefs.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/whereami_applet.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-add.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-main.png create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gmenu.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnome-users-guide.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnomecc.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gpl-appendix.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/nautilus-user-manual.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/newbies.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/panel.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/ug-applets.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wheeler.sgml create mode 100644 gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wms.sgml (limited to 'gnome-users-guide') diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/anotherclock-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/anotherclock-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2382e9c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/anotherclock-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ + + Another Clock + + Another Clock applet, shown in , is a simple analog clock (similar + to that in the CDE, Common Desktop Environment, panel). To add this + applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Clocks + Another Clock + . + + +
+ Another Clock Applet + + Another Clock Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + You don't need to do anything special to this clock. It will just + sit on your panel and tell the time for you. + + + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Another Clock + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize Another Clock by + right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + + The properties are: + + + + + Clock color — This is currently greyed-out, but in the + future it will be possible to adjust the colour of the clockface. + + + + + + Hour needle color — Set this to the color you wish to + use for the hour needle (hand) of the clock. + + + + + + Minute needle color — Set this to the color you wish to + use for the minute needle (hand) of the clock. + + + + + + Second needle color — Set this to the color you wish to + use for the second needle (hand) of the clock. + + + + + + Show seconds needle — If this button is checked, the + second needle (hand) of the clock will be shown. + + + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + + + + If you adjust the system clock backwards using the + date command, the clock will stop working until the + system time reaches the time the clock displays. It will start + working normally then. + + + + + + + + + Authors + + Another Clock was written by + Iñigo Serna (inigo@gazletan.bi.ehu.es). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne (telsa@linuxchix.org) + and Eric Baudais (baudais@okstate.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/applet2ug b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/applet2ug new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c1c2be5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/applet2ug @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#!/usr/bin/perl -w +# +# THIS SCRIPT CHANGES THE SECTION LABELLING +# +# example input name: sound-monitor or sound-monitor.sgml +# example output name: sound-monitor.sgml.ug +# + +$_ = shift @ARGV; +s/.sgml//; +$basename=$_; +$infilename=$basename . ".sgml"; +$outfilename=$basename . "-ug.sgml"; + +print ("Reading: $infilename\n"); +open (IN,$infilename) || die "can't open file: $!"; +print ("Writing: $outfilename\n"); +open (OUT,">$outfilename") || die "can't open file for writing: $!"; + +while () { + # Now comment out the license + s// + <\/sect1>/; + + # Start by substituting sections (sect4->sect5, sect3->sect4, ...) + s/sect4/sect5/; + s/sect3/sect4/; + s/sect2/sect3/; + s/sect1/sect2/; + + # Now try to pluck out any id's which could be problematic + s/id="authors"/id="$basename-authors"/; + s/id="bugs"/id="$basename-bugs"/; + s/id="prefs"/id="$basename-prefs"/; + s/id="usage"/id="$basename-usage"/; + + print OUT $_; +} +close (IN) || die "can't close $infilename: $!"; +close (OUT) || die "can't close $outfilename: $!"; diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/asclock-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/asclock-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f832445 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/asclock-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ + + AfterStep Clock Applet + + + The AfterStep Clock applet, shown in , is an applet which + displays the time in both analogue (clockface) and digital format + along with the day of the week and the date. It is based on the look + of the NeXTStep clock. This document describes version 2.1.10 of + AfterStep Clock. + + + To add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Clocks + AfterStep Clock + . + + +
+ AfterStep Clock Applet + + AfterStep Clock Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + You don't need to do anything special to this clock. It will just + sit on your panel and tell you the time and date. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about ASClock + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize AfterStep Clock + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + + Your properties in the General tab are: + + + + + Display time in 12 hour format (AM/PM) — Clicking this + will display the time in a 12 hour format. The default state, + off, uses a 24-hour clock. + + + + + + Blinking elements in clock — When the + AfterStep clock applet starts + up, by default it displays a blinking colon between the hour and + minute display. Clicking this turns this blinking off. + + + + + + Clock theme — The AS Clock + applet can take on a number of different appearances. Select + the theme (appearance) from this list. + + + + + + + + + The Timezone tab is used to specify your + timezone. Select the continent and city your are in or closest + to. + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + You can't change the time through the clock properties. This + is not really a bug; it's because you must be root to alter + the time for the whole of the system, using the + date command. + + + If you adjust the system clock backwards using the + date command, the clock will stop working until the + system time reaches the time the clock displays. It will start + working normally then. + + + Switching between a lot of themes or a lot of timezones seems + to use up inordinate amounts of memory. + + + + + + + + Authors + + + + The AfterStep Clock applet was written + by Beat Christen (spiff@longstreet.ch) and + Patrick Rogan (rogan@lycos.com). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports regarding the software to the + GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk) and Aaron Weber + (aaron@helixcode.com. Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/battery-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/battery-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea30472 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/battery-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,540 @@ + + + Battery Charge Monitor Applet + + + Battery Charge Monitor applet, shown in Figure 1, displays the + charge status of your portable computer battery. To learn how to + add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Monitors + Battery Charge Monitor + . + + + + + In order for Battery Charge + Monitor to function correctly, your computer must + have been configured to support Advanced Power + Management. + + + +
+ Battery Charge Monitor + + Battery Charge Monitor + + + +
+ + + Usage + + Battery Charge Monitor just sits in + your panel monitoring the status of your computer battery. By + left-clicking on the applet you can + toggle the view between Readout View and Graph View described in the + Readout View + and Graph View + sections respectively. + + + + Readout View + + Readout View, the default mode of view, displays the current + battery status in an iconic and textual format. In this mode + Battery Charge Monitor displays + the following information: + + + + + Battery Icon + + + The iconic representation of a battery on the left of the + applet, shows how fully charged your battery is + currently. The coloured area of the battery represents the + ammount of charge left in your battery, with the top of the + battery representing 100% charged. + + + + The colour of the battery changes when the charge drops below + the current Low Charge Threshold (see + Properties — + General). The default colour of the battery is green in a normal state and + red when it drops below the Low Charge Threshold. + + + + When your computer is attached to the power supply, a + small lightning bolt appears on the battery representation to + indicate that the battery is attached to the power supply + and is in a charging state. An example of this is shown in + Figure 2. + You can also configure the battery to change colour when it is or isn't + connected to the power supply, see + + Properties — Readout for further details on this feature. + + +
+ Battery Charge Monitor with the power supply connected + + Battery Charge Monitor + + + +
+ + + + + + Percentage Remaining + + + The percentage readout on the top right of the applet + represents how fully charged your computer battery is currently. + + + + + + Time Remaining + + + The time remaining readout on the bottom right of the applet + shows how much running time the battery has left. The time is + shown in hours and minutes. + + + + + + + + Graph View + + Graph View displays the percentage of charge remaining in your + battery as a moving graph. The horizontal axis represents time + and the vertical axis represents charge percentage with 100% + charged being the top of the graph. By default the graph is + green when your computer is connected to the power supply and + blue when it isn't. The graph also changes colour when the + charge drops below the Low Charge Threshold + (see + Properties — General) the default colour in this case is red. + + +
+ Battery Charge Monitor in Graph View + + Battery Charge Monitor in Graph View + + + +
+ + + + + Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items + + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up menu has + the following item: + + + + Properties... — This menu + item opens the Properties dialog (see + Properties) + which allows you to customize the appearance and behavior of this applet. + + + + + + + + Properties + + You can configure Battery Charge + Monitor applet by right-clicking on the applet and + choosing the Properties... menu + item. This will open the Properties + dialog, with four groups of configurable items arranged in the + following tabbed pages: + General, + Readout, + Graph and + Battery + Charge Messages. + + + + Properties — General + +
+ Properties Dialogue — General + + Properties Dialogue — General + + + +
+ + + + + Follow Panel Size — instructs + Battery Charge Monitor to resize + when the panel changes size. It is checked on by default. In + order for Applet Height and + Applet Width settings to take affect, it + must be unchecked. + + + + + + Applet Height & Applet Width — + these two spin buttons allow you to specify the dimensions + of Battery Charge Monitor exactly + in pixels. In order for these settings to take affect, + Follow Panel Size must be unchecked. The + default values are both set to 48. + + + + + Setting these values very small (below 28 pixels) + results in the battery icon not being displayed due to lack + of space. + + + + + + + Update Interval — specifies in + seconds how often Battery Charge + Monitor refreshes the battery charge + information it displays. The default setting is two seconds. + + + + + + Low Charge Threshold — is a + percentage value of the battery charge that + Battery Charge Monitor uses to + optionally display a warning, it then considers the battery to + have little power remaining. For example this information is + used to decide when to change the colour of the battery icon in + Readout View. The default value is 25. + + + + + + Applet Mode — the two + Readout and + Graph checkboxes are another way of + toggling between + Readout View and + Graph View. + + + + + + + Properties — Readout + + + The settings on this tab only affect Battery Charge + Monitor when it is in + Readout View. + + + + All of the coloured rectangles on this tab can be + left clicked on to display the GNOME + colour wheel. This enables you to choose colours that you may + prefer more than the defaults. + + +
+ Properties Dialogue — Readout + + Properties Dialogue — Readout + + +
+ + + + + AC-On Battery Color — specifies the + colour of the battery icon in Readout view when your computer + is connected to the AC power supply. The default colour is + green. + + + + + + AC-Off Battery Color — specifies + the colour of the battery icon in Readout View when your + computer is not connected to the AC power supply. The default + colour is green. + + + + + + + Low Battery Color — specifies the + colour of the battery icon in Readout View when the charge + percentage rate drops below the Low Charge + Threshold (see Properties + — General). The default colour is red. + + + + + + + Properties — Graph + + + The settings on this tab only affect Battery Charge + Monitor when it is in + Graph View. + + + All of the coloured rectangles on this tab can be + left clicked on to display the GNOME + colour wheel. This enables you to choose colours that you may + prefer more than the defaults. + + +
+ Properties Dialogue — Graph + + Properties Dialogue — Graph + + +
+ + + + + + AC-On Battery Color — + specifies the colour of the graph when your computer is + connected to the AC power supply. The default colour is + green. + + + + + + AC-Off Battery Color &mdash: specifies + the colour of the graph when your computer is not connected to + the AC power supply. The default colour is blue. + + + + + + Graph Battery Low Color — specifies + the colour of the graph when the charge percentage rate drops + below the Low Charge Threshold. The + default colour is red. + + + + + + Graph Tick Color — specifies the + colour of the graph division lines on the graph which mark the + 25%, 50% and 75% charge points. The default colour is dark + grey. + + + + + + Graph Direction — + specifies which direction the graph moves over time. The + default direction is Right to Left. + + + + + + + Properties — Battery Charge Messages + +
+ Properties Dialogue — Battery Charge + Messages + + Properties Dialogue — Battery Charge + Messages + + +
+ + + + + Warn in the battery charge dips below + — specifies the charge percentage at which + Battery Charge Monitor shows a + warning dialogue box that the battery is at a low charge. This + warning is only displayed if Enable Low Battery + Warning is checked. The default setting is 5%. + + + + + + Enable Low Battery Warning — + specifies if Battery Charge Monitor + should display a dialogue box warning that the battery charge + has dropped below the charge percentage specified in the + Warn if the battery charge dips below + setting. The default value is checked. + + + + + + Enable Full-Charge Notification — + specifies if Battery Charge + Monitor should display a dialogue box when the + battery has reached its 100% charged rate. The default value + is unchecked. + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + One oddity is if you start Battery Charge + Monitor on a computer that has no Advanced Power + Management support. This causes the Low Battery + Warning dialogue box to be displayed which may be + mis-leading. + + + + + Authors + + This applet was writen by Nat Friedman + nat@nat.org. Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use + Bug Report Tool (bug-buddy), + available in the Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + The documentation for this applet + which you are reading now was written by + James Cope jcope@bcs.org.uk.. Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status Table. + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cdplayer-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cdplayer-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0a540e --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cdplayer-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ + + CD Player Applet + + + CD Player Applet, shown in , allows you to play CD's from a + Panel. To add this + applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Multimedia + CD Player + . + + +
+ CD Player Applet + + CD Player Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + This applet is used to unobtrusively play and control CD's while you + get real work done or play + FreeCell. To use it, just press the + small buttons in the applet like you would on any CD player. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Run CD Player… — + starts the GNOME CD Player, which + has more features than the CD Player + Applet such as automatically downloading CD track + information from a CDDB server, volume control, and title/track + display. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about CD Player + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + This applet has no known bugs. + + + + + + + + Authors + + CD Player Applet was written by Tim Gerla + (timg@means.net). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Chris Lyttle + (chris@wilddev.net). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/charpick-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/charpick-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32f6a85 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/charpick-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,342 @@ + + Character Picker Applet + + + Character Picker applet, shown in , allows you to easily write many + characters which are not available on standard keyboards such as + accented characters, certain mathemathical symbols and punctuation, + and some other special symbols. To add this applet to a + Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Utility + Character Picker + . + + +
+ Character Picker Applet + + Character Picker Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + First, bring the cursor focus to the Character + Picker applet by left-clicking on one of the + characters displayed in the applet. Specify the character group + by pressing the corresponding key on your keyboard. (For a + complete list of the character groups and corresponding keys, see + .) For example, + to see the various accented versions of the "a" letter, press + "a". After you have found the correct letter or symbol, + left-click on it to copy the symbol into the buffer. The + character should appear as a depressed button. This is similar to + the common Copy command available in many programs. To paste the + symbol in any window, just click in the window with the middle + mouse button. Most applications which have Copy and Paste + features will also allow you to paste the symbol using its Paste + command. + + + + ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1) character support + + Note that some applications do not support ISO-8859-1 + characters. These applications will not display some characters + from the Character Picker applet. + + + + + Cut and Paste in X + + The X Windows system allows you to copy and paste text by + highlighting it with the first mouse button to copy the text and + then pasting the text by pressing the middle mouse button. + Note that Character Picker uses the + same copy buffer as X uses. Thus, when you + select a character in the Character + Picker it replaces any previous text in the buffer + from highlighting text. Similarly, if you have selected a + character in Character Picker and then + highlight text, the highlighted text will replace the character + in the buffer and the character's button will no longer appear + depressed. + + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Character Picker + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize Character Picker + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + + The properties in the Size tab are: + + + + + Follow panel size — If this + button is checked, the + Character Picker applet will + automatically set the appropriate number of columns and rows + of characters to fit in the Panel. + + + + + + Minimum number of cells: (for autosize) + — This sets the + minimum number of character buttons (or "cells") which will be + shown. The actual number of character buttons may exceed this + number, depending upon the Panel size + and number chosen. Note that if this number is too small, + some characters may not be visible. (This variable does not + influence the cell layout if the Follow panel + size button is not selected.) + + + + + + Number of rows of buttons: — This + determines the number + of rows of character buttons (or "cells") that appear in the + applet. (This variable does not influence the cell layout if + the Follow panel size button is selected.) + + + + + + Number of columns of buttons: — + This determines the number + of columns of character buttons (or "cells") that appear in the + applet. (This variable does not influence the cell layout if + the Follow panel size button is selected.) + + + + + + Size of button: (pixels) — This is + the size (in pixels) + of each character button in the applet. + + + + + + + + The properties in the Default List tab are: + + + + + Default character list — This is + the list of characters + which will be shown in the applet when you press the space + bar. This is a convenient way to keep a list of your most + frequently used characters. Just enter your most frequently + used characters here. + + + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. Click + Apply to apply changes without closing. + Close closes + Properties without saving changes which + have not been applied. Applied changes cannot be cancelled. + + + + + + Characters + + Character Picker applet has all + the characters from the + ISO-8859-1(Latin 1) character set which are not on standard US + keyboards. They are mapped onto the standard characters as shown in + . The bold + characters in the first column of each half and to the left of the + dotted lines are the characters you + must type in the Character Picker + applet to obtain + the corresponding characters shown to the right. + +
+ Character Picker's Character Key + + Character Picker's Character Key + + + +
+ + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + This applet has no known bugs. + + + + + + + + Authors + + Character Picker was written by Alexandre Muñiz + (munizao@xprt.net). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (d-mueth@uchicago.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clock-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clock-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9968693 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clock-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ + + Clock Applet + + + Clock applet, shown in , is a simple applet which shows the + time (and optionally the date too) in any of several formats. To + add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Clocks + Clock + . + + +
+ Clock Applet + + Clock Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + Clock applet requires no user + input. You may optionally configure it, as described below. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Clock + Applet, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize Clock + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + + The properties are: + + + + + Time Format — Select either 12 hour + format for AM/PM formatted time, or + 24 hour for a 24 hour clock. + + + + + + Show date in applet — Select this to show the date + inside the applet. + + + + + + Show date in tooltip — Select this to show the date in + the tooltip that pops up when the mouse is briefly left over + the applet. + + + + + + Use GMT — Select this to show the Greenwich Mean Time + instead of the local time. + + + + + + Unix time — Select this to show the time, in seconds, + that has elapsed since Jan 1, 1970. + + + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Close button. + + + + Setting the Time + + Clock applet only displays the time; + it does not allow you to set the time. In order to set the time + on a Unix or Linux system, you should use the + date command. For example, to set the time to + 11:43:01PM and the date to April 4, use date --set="Apr + 4 23:43:01". Note that you must be logged in as root to + set the time. More information about the date command is + available from the date manual page. + You may set your timezone using the timeconfig or + tzselect commands on some Linux + distributions. + + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + This applet has no known bugs. + + + + + + + + Authors + + Clock was written by Miguel de Icaza + (miguel@kernel.org), Federico Mena + (quartic@gimp.org), and Stuart Parmenter + (pavlov@innerx.net). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (d-mueth@uchicago.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clockmail-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clockmail-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c17602 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clockmail-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ + + Clock and Mailcheck Applet + + + Clock and Mailcheck applet, shown in , displays the current time and how + much mail is in your mailbox. It also notifies you when new mail + arrives by flashing. To add this + applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Clocks + Clock and Mailcheck + . + + +
+ Clock and Mailcheck Applet + + Clock and Mailcheck Applet + + + +
+ + + + + Usage + + View the time and number of messages in your inbox in the applet's + display. The envelope will flash when new email arrives. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Clock and Mailcheck + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize Clock and Mailcheck + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + + The Properties dialogue is divided in two + sections, one for general options and one for themes. + + + + The properties in the General tab are: + + + + + Display time in 12 hours format (AM/PM) — Check this + button to show the time in 12-hour format. + + + + + + Display time relative to GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) — + This allows you to change the timezone + Clock and Mailcheck + uses. The time can be anything from twelve hours + ahead of GMT to twelve hours behind it. Remember also to select + the checkbox, to use the new + timezone. Note that you can only alter the + time by an integral number of hours. + + + + + + Mail file — Enter you email inbox file which should be + checked for new mail. Typically, this is + /var/spool/mail/yourusername + or something similar. You can only enter one file. + + + + + + When new mail is received, run... — It is possible to + execute commands when new mail arrives. + For example, it is very common for people to have a sound + file played as mail arrives. You can put the command to + run and the file to run it on in this space and ensure the + checkbox is checked for it to occur. + If you have more than one command, you can separate them + by a semi-colon. For example, + + + + esdplay /full/path/to/file.wav + + + + + cd /path/to/directory ; esdplay file.wav + + + + These two have the same effect. You will need the full path + for this, without using shortcuts such as cd ~. + + + + + + Always blink when new mail is waiting — If you select + this checkbox, then the + red envelope will blink until you read your unread email. Normally, + this is off, and the blinking lasts only a few seconds. + + + + + + Number of messages to consider mailbox full — Set the + number of messages you mailbox must have to be considered + full. Certain themes will show a special + symbol indicating the mailbox is full. + + + + + + When clicked, run... — When this is set, clicking + the left mouse button on the applet will run a program. The default is + to run the Balsa mail client. (If + Balsa is not installed, nothing + will happen.) Set this to be your favorite email program. + + + + + + + + The properties in the Theme tab allows you + to set the appearance of Clock and + Mailcheck applet. Clock and + Mailcheck applet comes with many themes which are + stored in $PREFIX/clockmail/. By + default, it does not use a theme. Note that not all of the themes + show both the time and the state of your mailbox. + + +
+ Properties dialog showing theme tab + + Properties dialog showing theme tab + + + +
+ + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + + + You can't change the time through the clock properties. This + is not really a bug; it's because you must be root to alter + the time for the whole of the system, using the + date command. + + + + + If you adjust the system clock backwards using the + date command, the clock will stop working until the + system time reaches the time the clock displays. It will start + working normally then. + + + + + The mailcounter theme gets the number of messages in your inbox + wrong. + + + + + Several themes do not reshape to the size of a vertical panel and + force the panel to be wider. + + + + + Doesn't handle multiple mailboxes. + + + + + + + + + + Authors + + ClockMail was written by John Ellis + (johne@bellatlantic.net). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gywnne + (telsa@linuxchix.org) and Eric Baudais + (baudais@okstate.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpuload-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpuload-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4a973d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpuload-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The CPU load applet + + + The cpuload_applet is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you how much CPU is + being used. + + + + Usage + + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. Various options to alter its display are + available. + + +
+ CPU Load Applet + + CPU Load Applet + + + +
+ + + cpuload_applet divides CPU use into + four sorts: + + + + User + + + This measures CPU use in "userland": ie, things not talking to + the kernel. The default colour for this is yellow. + + + + + + System + + + This measures CPU use that involves the kernel: lots of talking + between memory and disc, for example. The default colour is pale + grey. + + + + + + Nice + + + This measures CPU use which is not "nice": running at a high priority. + The default colour is medium grey. + + + + + + Idle + + + Idle measures unused CPU capacity. The default colour is black. + + + + + + + + Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items + + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up menu has + the following items: + + + + + Default Properties... + + + This opens the multiload_applet dialogue box + described below which allows + you to alter the default properties of this and related monitor + applets. + + + + + + Properties... + + + This opens the multiload_applet dialogue box + described below which + affects only the cpuload_applet + properties. + + + + + + Run gtop... + + + This option will run the gtop which + starts up the GNOME System Monitor. gtop + gives a much more detailed look at your system and what's happening + on it. + + + + + + + + Properties + +
+ Default Properties Dialog + + CPU Load Applet Default Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + Like several of the monitor applets, + cpuload_applet has two ways of setting + preferences. You can make changes that affect any of this group + (cpuload_applet, memload_applet, + swapload_applet, netload_applet + and loadavg_applet) in one large dialogue + box. This is useful if you run one or more of them. These are the + settings used by default. They are reached from the + Default Properties... menu item. + + +
+ Greyed Out Properties Dialog + + CPU Load Applet Greyed Out Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + Or you can change just the properties for + cpuload_applet. This is useful for when + you only use cpuload_applet or want to + try new combinations out. It is reached from the + Properties menu item. + + + + If you use the Properties... menu item + and edit the preferences for just this applet, you must uncheck + the Use default properties checkbox before + you can alter any settings. + + + +
+ CPU Load Properties Dialog + + CPU Load Applet Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + The changes you can make to the properties are three: + + + + + Colours + + + You can alter the colours used for the different forms of + CPU usage displayed by clicking on the colour boxes. This + invokes the GNOME colour wheel. + + + + + + Speed + + + You can alter the speed that the graph proceeds with this. + It is measured in milliseconds. The highest value is 1,000,000,000 + and the lowest is 1. The default is a more sensible 500. + + + + + + Size + + + You can alter the size of the applet with this. It is measured + in pixels. The default value is 40, and the range is from 1 pixel + to whatever you like. In a vertical panel, this refers to the + height. In a horizontal panel, it refers to the width. + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + Resizing and then altering the panel orientation can result in + intermittent problems, although they now fix themselves after a + short period. + + + + + Authors + + This applet was writen by Martin Baulig (martin@home-of-linux.org). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gywnne + (telsa@linuxchix.org) and Eric Baudais + (baudais@okstate.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpumemusage-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpumemusage-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2a9631 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpumemusage-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The CPU and memory usage applet + + + The cpumemusage_applet is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you about your machine's + use of CPU, memory and swap. To add this + applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Monitors + CPU/MEM usage + . + + + + Usage + + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. + + + The applet shows three bar charts, for CPU, memory and swap space. + If your panel is horizontal, the top bar is CPU, the middle is + memory, and the bottom is swap. If your panel is vertical, the left + bar is CPU, the middle is memory, and the right is swap. + + +
+ CPU/MEM Applet + + CPU/MEM applet + + + +
+ + + + CPU + + + Three colours are used here. Yellow is used for CPU activity + which does not need the kernel. Grey is used for CPU activity + by programs talking to the kernel (typically, lots of I/O such + as moving things between memory and disk). Black is the background + and represents unused CPU. + + + + + Memory + + + Four colours are used here. Yellow is used for shared memory + (memory more than one program is using). Grey is used for + buffer use (memory containing data not yet written to disk). + The greenish-yellow is used for other memory use. Green + represents unused memory. + + + + + Swap + + + Two colours are used here. Red is used for swap space in use. + Green is for unused swap. Swap is a section of the hard-drive + where the kernel puts parts of programs which are not currently + being used so that it can retrieve them easily when it needs to. + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + There are no known bugs for this applet. + + + + + Authors + + This applet was writen by Radek Doulik (rodo@ucw.cz). + Please report problems with it to the + GNOME bug + tracking system. You can do this by following the + guidelines on that site or by using bug-buddy + from the command-line. For the package, put gnome-applets. + + + This guide was written by Telsa Gwynne + (telsa@linuxchix.org) and Eric Baudais + (baudais@okstate.edu) and is almost entirely based on + the earlier documentation from the GNOME 1.0.53 User's Guide by David + Mason (dcm@redhat.com) and David Wheeler. Please + report problems with or suggestions for it to the GNOME Documentation + Project (docs@gnome.org). You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/desk-guide-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/desk-guide-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f08278d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/desk-guide-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,603 @@ + + + + + + + Desk Guide Applet + + + Desk Guide applet, shown in , is an applet that allows you to + visually navigate your virtual desktops. To add this applet to a + Panel, right-click on the panel and choose + + Applets + Utility + Desk Guide + . + + + +
+ Desk Guide + + Desk Guide + + + +
+ + Usage + + + Desk Guide applet helps you + navigate all of the virtual desktops available on your system. The + X Window system, working in + hand with a piece of software called a "window manager", allows + you to create more than one virtual desktop to organize your + work, with different applications running on each + desktop. Each desktop can also be subdivided by the window + manager into rows and columns of working space, called + "desk areas". Desk + Guide applet is a navigational tool to get around + the various desktops and desk areas, providing a miniature road + map in the GNOME panel showing all your virtual desktops (also + known as workspaces) and desk areas, and allowing you to switch + easily between them. + + Desk Guide applet works + hand-in-hand with the window manager, the piece of software such + as Sawfish or Enlightenment that handles the look, feel and performance of + your windows. The window manager lays down borders, resizes windows, places + and moves them. The window manager is in charge of the various + desktops. Desk Guide applet handles the + navigation. + + Desk Guide applet displays + miniature versions of all your available desktops, including + outlined boxes representing the applications running in each + desktop window. The desktop currently in use is + highlighted. Mouse-click on a representation of a desktop in + Desk Guide applet to switch to display + a different virtual desktop on your monitor. + + Click and hold with your middle mouse button on any window + image in Desk Guide applet to drag the + window around your virtual desktops. + + + Note + Different window managers use different jargon to describe + virtual desktops and the subdivided workspaces within + them. Enlightenment divides your + working area into "desktops," and then subdivides those into + "screens." Sawfish, formerly known as + Sawmill divides your + working area into "workspaces" and then subdivides those into + columns and rows. Desk Guide applet + calls the workspaces "desktops" and the areas within them + "viewports". See your window manager's documentation for more + informaton on setting up and managing your virtual workspaces. + + + Mouse-clicking on the arrow on the left side of + Desk Guide applet brings up the + Task List window, shown in . + +
+ Desk Guide Task List + + Desk Guide Task List + + + +
+ + The window lists the various applications running on your + computer. Left-clicking on any of the applications listed in the + Task List window shifts focus to that + application, i.e. this window rises to the foreground and all your + keyboard input will be sent to the application running in this window. + + + + + Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items + + In addition to the standard menu items (see ), the right-click + pop-up menu has the following item: + + + + Properties... — This menu + item opens the Properties dialog (see + ) which allows you to + customize the appearance and behavior of this applet. + + + + + + + + + + Properties + + You can configure Desk Guide applet by + right-clicking on the applet and choosing the + Properties... menu item. This will open the + Properties dialog, with four different + tabbed pages giving you access to various configuration options - + display, + tasks geometry, advanced. + + + + + Properties - Display + The first Properties window, shown + in , allows you to + control Desk Guide applet's display. + +
+ Properties Dialog + + Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + Options include: + + + + Switch tasklist arrow + — switches the side of the applet on which the + arrow used to launch the tasklist window is displayed. + + + + Only show current desktop in + pager — limits the applet display + to the desktop currently in use, including all its + viewports. + + + + Raise area grid over tasks + — If you use multiple viewports (not only multiple + desktops) with your window manager, Desk + Guide draws a + viewport grid in the current desktop. It can either draw the + grid on top of the windows or below them. + + + + + Show Desk-Guide tooltips — + Display tooltips related to various + Desk Guide applet components. The arrow + is the only widget that displays a tooltip. + + + + Desk-Guide tooltip delay [ms] — + delay, in milliseconds, before the tooltip is displayed. You + may either type in a number or use the arrows to change the + number. + + + + Show desktop name tooltips + — Some window managers, such as + Enlightenment, allow you to name + your desktops. The feature directs + Deskguide to show tooltips + displaying the desktop's name. + + + + Desktop name tooltip delay [ms] + — delay, in milliseconds, before the tooltip is + displayed. You may either type in a number or use the arrows + to change the number. + + + + + + + Properties - Tasks + + +
+ Properties Dialog - Tasks + + Properties Dialog - Tasks + + + +
+ Options include: + + + Show hidden tasks (HIDDEN), + Show shaded tasks (SHADED), + Show tasks which hide from window list + (SKIP-WINLIST), Show tasks which hide from taskbar + (SKIP-TASKBAR) — These four items allow + Deskguide to display applications + running with flags set that would normally hide them from an + application like this. For instance the + panel is flagged as + HIDDEN, HIDE_FROM_WINLIST and + HIDE_FROM_TASKBAR. Selecting these options will allow + Deskguide to show such + applications. + + + + + + + + Properties - Geometry +
+ Properties Dialog - Geometry + + Properties Dialog - Geometry + + + +
+ Options include: + + + Desktop Height [pixels] — + sets the height of the desktop. By default this is greyed + out, and the panel size automatically sets the desktop + height. To activate it uncheck the Override desktop + height with panel size checkbox. + + + + + Override desktop height with panel + size — forces Desk + Guide to automatically size itself to the + panel. Unchecking this allows you to manually set the height + using the Desktop Height setting above. + + + + + Divide height by number of vertical + areas — divide the total applet + height by the number of rows of desktop areas visible. + + + + + + Rows of desktops — set the + number of rows of desktop maps Desk + Guide creates in the panel to represent your + desktops. + + Your window manager, not Desk Guide + Applet, controls the number of desktops available on + your computer. This feature only controls the way + Desk Guide applet displays them. + + + + + + + + Divide height by number of rows + — forces Desk + Guide to fit all the rows of desktops into the + height specified above (either one you have manually + specified or one set automatically to match the height of the + panel). Unchecking this, if you have more than one row, + allows Desk Guide to expand + vertically to two or more times normal height. + + + + + + + The options for Vertical Layout are + mirror those for horizontal layout above, but effect the width + instead of height of the applet, and the number of columns it + occupies instead of the number of rows. + + + + Properties - Advanced +
+ Properties Dialog - Advanced + + Properties Dialog - Advanced + + + +
+ + Advanced options allow you to control Desk + Guide's behavior with specific window managers, + along with other settings. + + + + + Draw desktops double-buffered + (recommended) — controls the method + Desk Guide draws desktops. Without + double-buffering, you may see flicker on slower + machines. With it, you may see slower performance on network + connections. + + + + Window manager moves decoration window + instead — Check this if, when you move a + window with the middle mouse button, but the resulting window + position is off. If in doubt, check this if you use any of + the window managers mentioned + (AfterStep, + Enlightenment, + FVWM, + IceWM, or + Sawmill, now known as + Sawfish). + + + + Window manager changes active area on all + desktops — If you have more than one + desktop, with multiple work areas within each desktop, this + option can be used to force the window manager to change the + active work area within all the desktops simultaneously if + you change your work area on one. + + + + Window manager expects pager to modify + area+desktop — Currently has no effect. + + + Popdown task view automatically — + Automatically pops down the task view window after you click on an + application in the task view list. If unchecked, you must click a + second time on the task view arrow to get the window to pop down. + + + + + + More Information + All Properties dialogs have the following + buttons at the bottom of the dialog: + + + + OK — + Pressing OK will activate any changes + in the properties you have made and close the + Properties dialog. + + + + + Apply — + Pressing Apply at any time will + make your changes active without closing the + Properties dialog. This is helpful if + you would like to test the effects of the changes you have + made but may want to continue changing the properties. + + + + + Close — + Pressing Close will close the + Properties dialog. Only changes in the + configuration which were previously applied with the + Apply button will persist. Other + changes will not be made active. + + + + + Help — + Pressing Help brings up the manual for + the application, opening it to the page describing the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + + + + + + Standard Pop-Up Items + + All applets should have the following items in their right-click + pop-up menu: + + + Remove from panel + + + The Remove from panel menu item + removes the applet from the Panel. + + + + + + Move + + + After selecting Move, your mouse + pointer will change appearance (typically to a cross with + arrows in each direction). As you move your mouse, the applet + will move with it. When you have finished moving the applet, + click any mouse button and the applet will anchor in its + current position. Note that applets can be moved between two + Panels this way. + + + + + + Panel + + + The Panel submenu contains various + items and submenus for adding and removing + Panels and applets and for changing + the configuration. + + + + + + About + + + The About... menu item brings up a + dialogue box containing various information about the applet, + typically including the applet's name, version, author, + copyright, license and description. + + + + + + Help + + + The Help menu item brings up the help + manual for the applet. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + The Window manager expects pager to modify + area+desktop feature on the advanced + properties window currently has no effect. + + + + + + + Authors + + Desk Guide applet was written by Tim Janik + (timj@gtk.org). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by John Fleck + (jfleck@inkstain.net). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + License + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) + any later version. + + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General + Public License for more details. + + + A copy of the GNU General Public + License is included with the GNOME + documentation. You also may obtain a copy from the Free Software + Foundation by visiting their Web site or by writing to +
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place - Suite 330 + Boston, MA 02111-1307 + USA +
+ + + +--> + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/diskusage-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/diskusage-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f28db5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/diskusage-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ + + + Disk Usage Applet + + Disk Usage Applet, shown in , provides a panel monitor for the + amount of space in use and available on your disk drives. To add + this applet to the panel, right-click on the panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Monitors + Disk Usage + + + + +
+ Disk Usage Applet + + Disk Usages Applet + + + +
+ + + + + Usage + Disk Usage Applet provides + real-time monitoring of the available space on your disk + drives. + It provides three pieces of information. The colored pie + graphically represents how much space is used and how much is + available. MP: indicates the mount point of + the disk it is currently monitoring. av: + indicates the amount of space available on the selected drive, in + kilobytes. Clicking on the applet changes the drive being + monitored. Doing so repeatedly cycles through all available drives. + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + File system — allows you + to change the file system Disk Usage + Applet monitors. + + + + Properties— opens the + + Properties + dialog + + + + + + Update — this can be used + to force the applet to update the filesystem list the applet + uses. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Disk Usage + Applet, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize Disk Usage Applet by + right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties. This will launch the + Properties… dialog, which allows you to + change various settings. + +
+ Preferences dialog + + Preferences dialog + + + +
+ + The properties are: + + + + + + Colors — To change the colors + displayed in the applet, click on the colored + buttons next to Used Diskspace, + Free Diskspace, + Textcolor and + Backgroundcolor. A color wheel dialog will + pop up offering you color options to make changes. When + finished, click on the OK button on the + color options window. + + + + + + + Size — Applet + Size and can be used to change the height (on a + horizontal panel) or width (on a vertical panel) of the applet. + + By checking the Automatically pick best applet + size check box, you can force Disk Usage + Applet to automatically choose the appropriate size + for your panel. + + + + + + Fonts — Clicking on the bar in this + window opens a dialog box allowing you to change the font + displayed in the applet. + + + + + Update Frequency — changes + the amount of time, in seconds, between updates of + Disk Usage Applet. + + + + + + + + + + + + + After you have made all the choices you want, click on + OK to make the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click on + Cancel button. + + + + + + + Authors + + Disk Usage Applet was written by Dave Finton + dfinton@d.umn.edu, Bruno Widmann + bwidmann@tks.fh-sbg.ac.at and Martin Baulig + martin@home-of-linux.org. Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug reports to the GNOME bug tracking + database. (Instructions for submitting bug reports can be + found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by John Fleck + (jfleck@inkstain.net). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/drivemount-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/drivemount-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1facf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/drivemount-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,571 @@ + + Drive Mount Applet + + + Drive Mount Applet, shown in , allows you to quickly and easily + mount and unmount various types of drives and filesystems on your + computer. To add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Utility + Drive Mount + . + + +
+ Drive Mount Applet + + Drive Mount Applet + + + +
+ + + Background Information for Beginners + + Many file systems on Linux and Unix systems must be manually + mounted and unmounted. After a file system is mounted, you can + read and write to it. When you are finished with a file system, + you should unmount it. It is important to unmount removable + drives, such as floppy disks and Zip disks, + before removing the media, because Linux and Unix systems do not + always write the changes made immediately. They typically buffer + the changes made to the disk in order to improve the speed of the + system. Partitions on fixed drives, such as your hard drive, are + typically mounted automatically when your computer boots and + unmounted when it shuts down. Removable media must be mounted and + unmounted by hand, such as by using the Drive + Mount applet. + + + The "root + filesystem" is the main filesystem on your computer starting with + "/" (root). Other filesystems are associated with directories inside + the root filesystem. These are called "mount points", which are + just empty directories. When a filesystem is mounted, its + contents appear inside this directory. As an example, most + systems create a mount point "/mnt/floppy" which is just an empty + directory if your floppy drive is not mounted. It contains + the contents of your floppy if the floppy drive is mounted. + + + + + + Usage + + To mount or unmount a drive, simply click on the + Drive Mount Applet icon with the left + mouse button. For drives which can eject their media, such as + most CDROM's and JAZ drives, you can eject the drive by clicking on the + icon with the right mouse button and selecting + Eject. To browse the contents of the + drive with the GNOME File Manager, select + Browse…. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Browse… — shows + the contents of the drive using the GNOME File + Manager. + The drive must be mounted for this to work. + + + + + + Eject — ejects the + storage medium for drives which can be ejected, such as + CDROM's and JAZ drives. + + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Drive Mount + Applet, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + The mount point and mount status of a drive is shown in a tooltip + if the cursor is left over the applet for a short time, as shown + in . +
+ Drive Mount Applet showing tooltip + + Drive Mount Applet showing tooltip + + + +
+ + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize Drive Mount + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + + The properties are: + + + + + Mount Point — This is the mount + point used when mounting the drive. This is + an empty directory which will hold the contents of the drive + whenever the drive is mounted. Mount points can occur + anywhere in your filesystem, but the convention is to put all + mount points for removable drives in the /mnt + directory. + + + + + + Update in seconds — This is the + interval in seconds at + which Drive Mount refreshes its + icon by checking the mount status. This is only + important if you sometimes mount or unmount a drive using a + command or application other than Drive + Mount. + + + + + + Icon — This determines the icons + (one for unmounted and + one for mounted) displayed for the + drive. There are icon sets for most of the commonly used + drives (floppy, CDROM, Zip, hard disk, and JAZ). + They are shown in . You may also select + Custom; this allows you to specify + your own icons. + +
+ Icons for Mounted and Unmounted Drives of Various Types + + Icons for Mounted and Unmounted Drives of Various + Types + + + +
+ + Notice that + shows the icons for the unmounted and mounted states of (from + left to right) floppy, CDROM, Zip, JAZ, and hard disk drives. + + + + + + Custom icon for mounted — A custom + icon which is + displayed when the drive is mounted. This option is only + available if the Icon: selection is set to + "Custom". + + + + + + Custom icon for not mounted — A + custom icon which is + displayed when the drive is not mounted. This option is only + available if the Icon: selection is set to + "Custom". + + + + + + Scale size to panel — Selecting + this option scales + the size of the mounted and unmounted icons with the + Panel's size. If this option is not + set, the icon sizes are fixed, independent of the size of + the Panel. Selecting this option + typically makes for a nicer appearance. For very small + Panel sizes, unselecting this option + may be useful, as it forces the applet to appear rotated and + larger, which makes it easier to see. + + + + + + Use automount friendly status test + — Select this option + if you use automount, otherwise leave it unselected. + + + Information for Advanced Users + + The default command used by Drive + Mountto test whether a drive is mounted is + stat and would cause the drive to actually be + mounted if the user is using + automount. If this button is + selected, it uses mount instead, which + does not cause automount to mount + the drive. The reason this button is not selected by default + is that mount is more cpu intensive than + stat. + + + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. Click + Apply to apply changes without closing. + Close closes + Properties without saving changes which + have not been applied. Applied changes cannot be cancelled. + + + + + + Configuring Your System + + + For Advanced Users + + This section is intended for system administrators and advanced + users. + + + + + In order for Drive Mount Applet to work + properly, the system may need to be configured by the system + administrator, using root privileges. This section provides a + very basic introduction. + + + + Information describing the mount point and filesystem type of each + drive is kept in /etc/fstab. This can be + configured by hand or by using the + linuxconf application. For drives which + do not always have a single filesystem type (such as a floppy + drive which may have msdos or ext2 filesystems), you should use + "auto" for the filesystem type. Each device has a single line in + /etc/fstab of the following form: + + /dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,user 0 0 + + This entry describes the first floppy device (/dev/fd0) as having + a mount point of /mnt/floppy, a variable + filesystem type which should be automatically detected, and the + following configurations: "noauto"— Do not automatically + mount the drive when the computer is booted, "rw"— The drive + is readable and writable, and "user"— Users have permission + to mount the drive. These, along with the last two fields which + we do not describe here, are discussed in detail in the fstab man + pages, available by typing man fstab or through + the GNOME Help Browser. + + + The linuxconf application provides a + graphical interface for controlling these filesystems. To start + linuxconf, just type + linuxconf in a shell window (you must log in as + root). Select + + Config + filesystems + Access local drive + . + To edit an entry, just select + it. linuxconf is meant to be easy + to use and has its own internal help system to guide you + through the process. You may also add new entries by selecting the + Add button. + + + + + + + Troubleshooting and Understanding Error Messages + + If you do not have your system configured properly, you may + encounter certain error messages when trying to mount or access + certain drives. Here are some of the more common error messages + and their causes: + + + + mount: /dev/fd0 is not a valid block + device— The most common cause for this error is + that the drive (in this example, /dev/fd0, corresponding to the + floppy drive) is empty. + + + + + mount: only root can mount /dev/fda on + /mnt/floppy— You do not have permission to mount + this drive. Contact the system administrator, who can give you + permission. + + + Note for System Administrators + + You can set a drive to be mountable and unmountable by users by + adding "users" to the mount options (fourth column) in + /etc/fstab. This may be done by hand or + by using linuxconf, using the + Local volume tab in + + Config + Filesystems + Access local drive + . After you select the correct drive from the list, + it will show you the Volume + specifications. Click on the + Options tab, and select the + User mountable button. + + + + + + mount: wrong fs type, bad option, bad superblock on + /dev/cdrom, or too many mounted file systems— + This error can be caused by several problems. It is most + commonly caused by not having the right filesystem type, such as + trying to mount a music CDROM as if it held data, or trying to + mount an msdos formatted floppy as ext2. + + + + + mount /mnt/cdrom 2>&1 reported: mount: No medium + found— This error indicates the drive, in + this case the CDROM drive, is empty. + + + + + umount /mnt/cdrom 2>&1 reported: umount: /mnt/cdrom: + device is busy— This error indicates that the + drive cannot be unmounted because the drive is being used by + the computer. This often happens if you have the + GNOME File Manager open to a + directory on the drive or if you have a terminal window open + with the working directory on the drive. + + + + + umount: can't find /mnt/floppy in /etc/fstab or /etc/mtab + — + This indicates that the system has not been configured to mount + the mount point you are trying to use. In many cases, you may + have put the wrong mount point in the Mount + point entry in the Properties + Dialog (see ). To find out which mount + point you should be using, contact your system administrator. + + + Note for Advanced Users + + Each device (filesystem or drive) which can be mounted should + be listed in the /etc/fstab configuration + file. Reading this file will tell you which devices are + configured for your system. To add or modify entries, you can + edit this file by hand or by using the + linuxconf application. + + + + + + mount: /dev/fd0 already mounted or /mnt/floppy busy + mount: according to mtab, /dev/fd0 is mounted on /mnt/floppy_ext2 + — + This error occurs if you have a single device (in this case + /dev/fd0) configured for multiple mount points and you try to + mount one mount point while another one is already mounted. + Having multiple mount points for a single device typically is + not necessary. + + + + + mount: the kernel does not recognize /dev/sda4 as a + block device(maybe 'insmod driver'?)— Contact + your system administrator. (This error + occurs if your kernel is not properly configured to + automatically mount the necessary kernel modules to read the + device.) + + + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + Eject does not always work. Trying to + eject with the drive mounted does not give a warning, explaining + why the drive does not eject. + + + + + + + + Authors + + Drive Mount Applet was written by John Ellis + (johne@bellatlantic.net). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (d-mueth@uchicago.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fifteen-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fifteen-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a60364f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fifteen-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ + + Fifteen Applet + + + Fifteen applet, shown in , is a version of the old game of + moving squares around a grid to put them into numerical order. To + add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Amusements + Fifteen + . + + +
+ Fifteen Applet + + Fifteen Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + The applet starts with the pieces in the correct order: this is + the order you will need to restore them to. To start a new game, + right-click on the applet and select Scramble + Pieces. Move the pieces by clicking on them with + the left mouse button until you have restored them all to their + original positions. When you have done this, you will see a + You win! dialog box. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Scramble pieces — + randomly rearranges the tile positions. Use this to start a + new game. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about + Fifteen applet, inluding the + applet's version and the author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + This applet has no known bugs. + + + + + + + + Authors + + Fifteen was written by Federico Mena + Quintero (federico@nuclecu.unam.mx). It is based on + the game described by Sam Lloyd in 1878. Please send + all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fish-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fish-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e387f6f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fish-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ + + Fish Applet + + + Fish applet, shown in , displays a small + fish in your panel and does nothing useful + whatsoever beyond that. To add this + applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Amusements + Fish + . + + +
+ Fish Applet + + Fish Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + Unlike most fishes, this fish requires little care and no fishbowl + cleaning. It swims happily about in its water. If you ask it, it + will tell you interesting thoughts. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Fish + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize Fish + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + + The properties are: + + + + + Your GNOME Fish's Name — You can change your fish's + name here. The default name is Wanda. + + + + + + The Animation Filename — You can select a different set + of pictures here. By default, + the list of pictures is in $PREFIX/pixmaps/fish/, + which you can browse and choose from. You may also put a different + pathname in pointing to your own pictures. + + + + + + Frames In Animation — The number of frames in the + animation. The default is three, but the range is from 1 to 255. + + + + + + Pause per frame (s) — The period in seconds before + updating the picture. The default is one second, but the range + is from 0.10 to 10 seconds. + + + + + + Rotate on vertical panels — This checkbox is used for + vertical panels, and when checked, the + fish will appear swimming downwards on a vertical panel. If it is + not checked, it will appear the same way as on a horizontal panel, + which forces the vertical panel to widen to accomodate it. + + + + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + This applet has no known bugs. + + + + + + + + Authors + + Fish was written by George Lebl + (jirka@5z.com). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk). Please send all + comments and suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME + Documentation Project by sending an email to + docs@gnome.org. You can also submit comments online + by using the GNOME + Documentation Status Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/geyes-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/geyes-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f0d14f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/geyes-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ + + gEyes Applet + + + gEyes applet, shown in , is a pair of eyes which follow your + mouse pointer around the screen. To add this applet to a + Panel, right-click on the + Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Amusements + gEyes + . + + +
+ gEyes Applet + + gEyes Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + Watch the eyes watch your mouse. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about gEyes + Applet, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize gEyes + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change the theme. + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + + This window shows a list of the currently installed + themes(appearances) for gEyes. Select + the theme you would like to use. + + + + After you have selected your new theme, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + With the exception of Default-tiny, most of the themes + are too large for some Panel sizes and + force the Panel to resize. + + + + + + + + Authors + + gEyes was written by Dave Camp + (campd@oit.edu). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk) and Arjan Scherpenisse + (acscherp@wins.uva.nl). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gkb-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gkb-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..777aebc --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gkb-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ + + GNOME KeyBoard Applet + + + GNOME KeyBoard Applet, shown with its + default configuration in , allows + you to easily and quickly change + the keyboard map to those used in various different countries. To + add this applet to a + Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Utility + GKB KeyBoard Switcher + . + + +
+ GNOME KeyBoard Applet + + GNOME KeyBoard Applet + + + +
+ + + + + Usage + + Once configured, the GNOME Keyboard + applet allows you to switch the keyboard mapping between any number of + keyboard layout. Just left-click on the applet or press + AltShift + to switch the keyboard + mapping. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about GNOME KeyBoard + Applet, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize GNOME KeyBoard + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog (shown in ), which allows you to + add, modify, and remove keymaps, as well as to configure + the applet's appearance. + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + The Properties dialog box has two tabs: + Keymaps and Options. + On the Keymaps tab, you can Add, Edit, Delete + or change the order of keyboard layouts. On the + Options tab you can set the appearance of the + applet (flag, label or flag+label) and its size (Normal or Big), as + well as the key sequence to use to get GKB to switch between + keyboard layouts (see section.) + + + Setting keyboard layouts for you language + + Setting up keymaps can consist in one or more of the following steps: + + + + Adding a required keyboard layout — On the + Keymaps tab, click on the + Add button. The + tree shown in + allows you to choose + the keymap best suited for you, based on the language and the + country involved. + + +
+ Select Layout dialog + + Select layout dialog + + +
+ To add a keymap, click on the + + sign preceeding the languge you want to set. A list of coutries + where the given language is used appears. Again, click on the + + preceeding the country chosen, and a + list of keymaps shows up. Select the keymap you would like to + use and click Add. Your keymap gets added to + the list on the GKB Properties window. You + may add another keymap or click + Close to close the + Select Layout dialog. + + + + + + Editing an existing keyboard layout — Selecting a keymap + and pressing the Edit brings up the + Edit keymap window (see + ). + + + +
+ Edit keymap dialog + + Edit keymap dialog + + +
+ + +On this dialog, you can modify different properties of the keymap. These +properties are: + + + + + +Name: The name of the keymap, as shown in the +GKB Properties window and in the hint appearing +when you move your mouse over the applet. + + + + + +Label: This is the label that appears when you set +"Label" or "Flag+Label" modes. See for more +details. + + + + + +Language: This option will be used in Gnome 2.0. +It has no effect right now. + + + + + +Country: This option will be used in Gnome 2.0. It +has no effect right now. + + + + + +Flag: This is the place where you can set the flag +to be displayed with the given keyboard layout. + + + + + +Architecture:This option will be used in Gnome 2.0. +It has no effect right now. + + + + + +Type: This option will be used in Gnome 2.0. It has no +effect right now. + + + + + +Code page: This option will be used in Gnome 2.0. It +has no effect right now. + + + + + +Command: This is the command which + GNOME KeyBoard will use to change + the keymap. The default is to use the + gkb_xmmap xmodmap-file-extension + command, where xmodmap-file-extension +should be replaced by the extension of the xmodmap file you want to use. + + +Finding keyboard layouts availble on your system +On a typical Linux system, xmodmap files can be found under the +directory /usr/share/xmodmap. + + + +To set the keymap to a US 101 key keyboard, for example, you would +use gkb_xmmap us-101. + + + If this doesn't work, you may also try setting the + keyboard using command setxkbmap + LC where + LC is the two letter country + code of your locale. (for example, + setxkbmap fr to use a French + keyboard). Finally, if you have your own keyboard layout + (xmodmap) file, set the command to xmodmap + xmodmap-filename (for + example, xmodmap + ~/xrus/yawerty.koi8.xmm to use keyboard layout + for Cyrillic letters in koi8 encoding). Please see + for more information. + + + + + + + + + + + Removing a keyboard layout that is no longer needed — + To remove a keyboard, select it (click on it in the + GKB Properties window) and click the + Delete button. + + + + + + Reordering keyboard layouts — The order in which the + keyboard layouts become active as you click on the applet or + press the hot key depends on the order they appear in the list in + the Properties window. The layout that is + displayed at the top of + the list will become the default layout when you close the + Properties window. To change the order in + the list, select the keymap to be moved, and click + Up or Down as + appropriate. + + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + Apply to apply the changes or on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the Close + button. The Help button brings up this chapter + of the on-line help. + + + + + + + Miscellaneous options + + Different options allow you to customize the look of your applet. + As a new feature, you can select between three different display modes: + + + + + Flag mode — The flag associated to the keymap is + displayed on the Panel. + + + + + + Label mode — No flag is displayed, only the label + associated with the keymap. + + + + + + Flag and label mode — Both flag and label + associated with the keymap are displayed. + + + + + + + Many users have reported, that the applet takes too much room on + the panel. You can now set the applets size from the + Applet size pull down list. Set the size to + Normal if you want a smaller applet. + If you have plenty of space or like nice big flags on you panel, + set the option to Big. + + +An often formulated user wish was to implement the keymap switching using +hotkeys. The developers proudly announce, that keyboard initiated switching now works. The hotkey combination that allows to change keymaps is set to +AltShift (Alt being the left Alt key). You can customize this hotkey sequence from the GKB Properties window's +Options tab. Click on the Grab hotkey button and press the keys you want to set. The key combination is displayed in the input box near the button (you may see something like: Control-Shift_R). Finally, click on Apply or OK to finalize the new settings. + + + + + + + Technical information + + Normally you do not need these details - but if something is not + working, or you are just curious, read on. + + + GNOME Keyboard switches the keyboard + map by issuing a command to X Window + System. X Window System has two mechanisms for setting keyboard + mapping: older one called "xmodmap" and a newer one, based on the + so-called "Xkb extension". If you have Xkb enabled, you should use + it and switch keyboard layouts by issuing a command + setxkbmap LC. It + comes with a number of various keyboard layout files, usually in + directory /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/xkb/symbols. + + If you do not have Xkb extension enabled, or if it just + does not cover the language you need, you should use the older + xmodmap mechanism. In this case, you need to + have a file which describes keyboard layout in a special format + (see manual page for xmodmap for details), and + the command should be xmodmap + filename . GNOME + Keyboard includes a + number of keyboard layout files, which are installed in the + directory /usr/share/xmodmap; these files + have names like xmodmap.de. To use one of + these files, you can use the command gkb_xmmap + LC + which is equivalent to xmodmap + /usr/share/xmodmap/xmodmap.LC: + for example, + gkb_xmmap hu is the same as xmodmap + /usr/share/xmodmap/xmodmap.hu. + + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + + + + Languages and countries showing up in the + Select layout dialog are not sorted in + alphabetical order. + + + + +The program has very few error handling routines implemented. If you try to feed it something unusual, it may crash. + + + + +If it does not crash, it returns the error: "The keymap switching + returned an error". If the Edit window is open + when this error appears and + you press the OK button on this window, it is + likely that nothing will happen. Try closing the + Edit window first and + then the error window. + + + + + + + + + + + Authors + + GNOME KeyBoard was written by Szabolcs Ban + (shooby@gnome.hu). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line). You can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was originally written by Szabolcs (Shooby) Ban + (shooby@gnome.hu) and Dan Mueth + (d-mueth@uchicago.edu). It has been rewritten + (strongly based on the original) by Emese Kovacs + (emese@gnome.hu) to reflect changes from v1.2 to v1.4. + The Technical Information + section has been added by + Alexander Kirillov (kirillov@math.sunysb.edu). + Please send all comments + and suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation + Project by sending an email to + docs@gnome.org. You can also submit comments online + by using the GNOME + Documentation Status Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gnotes-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gnotes-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f5cc97 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gnotes-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ + + + + GNOTES! Applet + + + GNOTES! applet, shown in , allows you to cover your + GNOME desktop with little, yellow, virtual sticky-notes. To + learn how to add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Utility + GNotes! + . + + + +
+ GNOTES! + + GNOTES! + + + +
+ + + Usage + + This applet places a yellow sticky-note on your desktop. To use it, + left-click on the GNOTES! icon to make a new + note appear on your desktop. After creating a new note, you may + then left-click within the yellow area of the note to begin + adding text to it. + + + + + Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items + + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up menu has + the following items: + + + + Properties… — opens + the + Properties dialog which allows you to + customize the appearance and behavior of this applet. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about APPLET + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + Raise Notes — causes all your + notes to appear above any overlapping windows. + + + + + + Lower Notes — causes all your + notes to be hidden below any overlapping windows. + + + + + Hide Notes — causes all your + notes to become hidden from view. It does not destroy your notes. + + + + + Show Notes — brings your + notes back into view if you used the + Hide Notes menu command. + + + + + + + Right-Clicking on the Left Border of Individual Notes + + You may also right-click on the left border of each of the notes on your + desktop to change their individual properties. + + + + + + Raise Note — This menu + item causes your note to appear above any overlapping windows. + + + + + + Lower Note — This + menu item causes your note to be placed below any overlapping + windows. + + + + + + Hide Note — This menu + item causes your note to become hidden from view. It does + not destroy your note. + + + + + + Destroy Note — This menu + item permanently removes your note from the desktop. Unlike + Hide Notes, you may not recover + your note. + + + + + + + + + + Properties + + You can configure GNOTES! applet by + right-clicking on the applet and choosing the + Properties... menu item. This will open the + Properties dialog, shown in + Figure 2. + + +
+ Properties Dialog + + Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + To change the default size at which your notes appear on the desktop, you + may either click on the up and + down arrows, or type values (in pixels) directly + into the fields next to the Default Height and + Default Width labels. + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + Setting the Default Height or Default + Width may cause the GNOTES to crash. + + + + After first adding GNOTES! to your + Panel, clicking on the first note you create may + cause a second note to be created on your desktop. + + + + + + + Authors + + This applet was writen by spoon + spoon@ix.netcom.com and dres + dres@debian.org. Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + The documentation for this applet + which you are reading now was written by + Michael Hall mphall@cstone.net. Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gweather-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gweather-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04967d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gweather-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,580 @@ + + GNOME Weather Applet + + + GNOME Weather applet, shown in , retrieves and displays various + weather information. To add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Utility + GNOME Weather + . + + +
+ GNOME Weather Applet + + GNOME Weather Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + GNOME Weather displays the current + temperature and weather conditions in numeric and iconified form + inside the applet. For further information, double-click on the + applet. This will open up the Weather Information + Window, shown in . This displays the current weather + information and either a one-day or five-day forecast. + + +
+ Weather Information Window + + Weather Information Window + + + +
+ + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Update — + refreshes the weather information and display. + + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about GNOME Weather + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize GNOME Weather + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + + The properties in the Basic tab are: + + + + + Update Interval — This option determines how often + GNOME Weather will connect + to the server(s) and retrieve weather information. Current + conditions, forecast and radar map (if enabled) will be + downloaded + + + Note About Server Updates + + Note that the Update Interval only + determines how often your computer downloads information from + the server(s). The update time shown in the + Current Conditions tab (viewed by + double-clicking on the applet) indicates when those + measurements were renewed on the server, rather than when + they were last retrieved. + + + + Disabling Automatic Updates and Using Manual Updates + + You can disable automatic updates by unchecking the + Update enabled box. On the other hand, you can + also force GNOME Weather to + perform an update by choosing the corresponding option in the + popup menu. These two options are very useful if you have an + intermitant internet connection, such as a laptop or modem + provides. + + + + + + + Update enabled — Select this if you would like + GNOME Weather to automatically + download the latest weather information at the time interval + specified by Update. Deselect this if + you would only like weather updates to be done manually, by + right-clicking on the applet and selecting + Update. + + + + + + Use metric — By default GNOME + Weather uses the imperial system of + units. Select this box to use metric units. The units used are shown in + . + + + + Measurement Units + + + + Quantity + Metric + Imperial + + + + + Temperature + deg Celsius + deg Farenheit + + + Windspeed + km/h + mph + + + Pressure + mmHg + inHg + + + Visibility + km + miles + + + +
+ + + + + Detailed Forecast — Select this if you would like + GNOME Weather to retrieve the + full five day forecast for your particular area. Note that + these forecasts may not be + available for some locations. + + + The forecast retrieved when this + button is not selected is a brief + forecast for the broader area containing the selected location + (usually the entire state) and typically is a 5-day forecast. + + + Forecast Availability + + Note that the detailed forecasts downloaded from IWIN are + available only for US cities. + + + + + + + + + + + The properties in the Network tab should be + used if your computer is located behind a firewall. These + properties are: + + + + + Use proxy — Select this button if your computer is + behind a firewall and you must use an HTTP proxy to access the + Web. + + + + + + Proxy host — Enter your proxy host IP address here (if + you are using a HTTP proxy). + + + + + + Username — Enter your username here. + + + + + + Password — Enter your password here. (Note that this + password will be saved in a private configuration file but + will not be encrypted.) + + + + + + + + The Location tab allows you to specify the + geographic location that you would like GNOME + Weather applet to display the weather information + for. Click on any plus (+) symbol to expand the tree or any minus + (-) symbol to collapse a tree branch. Select the city or region + by clicking with the first mouse button. + + + + Locations are organized in a three-level hierarchy. The top + level contains broader geographical areas, the second contains + sub-regions of these areas and the last contains the particular + locations. This hierarchy is essentially based on the way + information is organized in the US NWS (National Weather + Service), and that is the reason that the US and Canada appear on + the topmost level. + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + + + + + + Further Information + + GNOME Weather has a homepage at http://gweather.dhs.org/. + Here you can find the latest Locations file, + which is periodically updated with new cities, as sent in by + users. If your city is not included in the distribution, please + send an email to Spiros Papadimitriou + (spapadim+@cs.cmu.edu) with the necessary + information and it will be included in the next release. + + + + You may also want to visit the homepage if you are curious to see + what's new. + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + Blocking Input/Output + + Even though GNOME Weather now uses + non-blocking I/O to retrieve data from the network, there are + still some steps that block execution. Most notably, + establishing a TCP connection to remote hosts is a blocking + operation. Because the NWS and IWIN web servers are often + heavily loaded, this step may take a significant amount of time. + While that happens, the application is unable to respond to CORBA + requests from the Panel. In its current + implementation, the Panel iterates through + all applications and sends frequent CORBA requests (eg. for + saving state). If an applet cannot respond for any reason, then + the Panel will block waiting for a + response. + + + + While the Panel is blocked, it will not + respond to any user (or application) requests. For instance, + Panel movement and + Panel menus (the ones that appear upon a + right click) will not work. However, other applets in the + Panel should work (unless they have made a + CORBA request to the Panel, eg. for + querying Panel size). As soon as the + blocking operation in GNOME Weather + completes, things should return to normal (and user interface + requests that were buffered will be executed). + + + + There is an experimental version of GNOME + Weather that uses a separate thread for HTTP + processing, which may be incorporated (temporarily) in the next + release. However, the final solution is + gnome-vfs which will be part of GNOME + 2.0 and will offer cross-platform support for fully asynchronous + I/O. + + + + + + + + + + + Frequently Asked Questions + + + This is a list of frequently asked questions about + GNOME Weather. For further information + and updates, please visit the GNOME Weather homepage. If + your question is still unresolved, you can email the author at + spapadim+gweather@cs.cmu.edu. + + + + Why does GNOME Weather freezes my Panel? + + This is due to the blocking nature of certain network operations + (see also ) and due to the way the + Panel currently works. + + + + + Why does location list appears empty? + + + This is probably because the Locations file + was not installed in the proper place. This is usually because + GNOME Weather and GNOME were not + configured in the same way. The file containing the locations + must be installed in the gweather + subdirectory, under the gnome data directory. You can find out + the latter with the gnome-config --datadir + command. + + + + If you have compiled gnome-applets yourself, make sure that you + have used configure --prefix=`gnome-config --prefix` + --sysconfdir=`gnome-config --sysconfdir`. Binary + RPMs assume a that the prefix and sysconfdir are + /usr and /etc, + respectively. If you have compiled GNOME yourself with different + options, you need to download and compile gnome-applets yourself. + + + + + Why does GNOME Weather display a question mark and dashes + for current conditions? + + + This will happen if GNOME Weather + cannot access the NWS server for any reason. This may be + because your network connection is down, or the NWS server is + down, or maybe the NWS server does not currently have any + information about your location. + + + + + Why does GNOME Weather say that a forecast is not + available? + + + If you have enabled detailed forecasts, then it is possible that + one may not be available for your location. In this case, try + disabling detailed forecasts. + + + + Another possible reason is that the IWIN server is down and + GNOME Weather cannot retrieve forecast + information. The problem should go away as soon as the IWIN + server is up again. + + + + + + + + + + + Authors + + GNOME Weather was written by Spiros + Papadimitriou + (spapadim+@cs.cmu.edu). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Spiros Papadimitriou + (spapadim+@cs.cmu.edu) and Dan Mueth + (d-mueth@uchicago.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/jbc-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/jbc-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6208e98 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/jbc-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ + + Jon's Binary Clock Applet + + + Jon's Binary Clock applet, shown in , shows the time in an unusual form: binary + coded decimal. It has twenty-four LEDs which represent the hours, + minutes and seconds by illuminating the appropriate LED. To add this + applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Clocks + JBC Binary Clock + . + + +
+ Jon's Binary Clock Applet + + Jon's Binary Clock Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + You don't need to do anything special to this clock. It just + sits there and flashes lights at you. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Jon's Binary Clock + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Deciphering the Lights + + BCD stands for binary-coded decimal, a way of representing + normal denary (0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9) numbers as what programmers + call "a set of binary numbers in four bits, thus removing the + numbers A to F". If this doesn't make sense, just be aware + that this clock is an amusement for programmers, and serves + no really useful purpose. + + + It helps to read this clock upside-down! Start at the bottom and + read up to the top. + + + The right-hand pair of columns shows the two digits of the seconds: + the units on the right, the tens on the left. The centre pair of + columns shows the two digits of the minutes. The left hand pair of + columns shows the two digits of the hours. + + + You add up the values of the illuminated LEDs in each column. + You should get a number between zero to nine for each. That's + the time. + + + + + The bottom LED represents 1 when it is illuminated. + + + + + + The next LED represents 2 when it is illuminated. + + + + + + The next LED represents 4 when it is illuminated. + + + + + + The top LED represents 8 when it is illuminated. + + + + + + It is probably simplest to decipher the hours and minutes + first before trying to follow the seconds, which are always + changing. + + + + As an example, we can read the time in . Let's start with the hour. The first + column has only 1 LED on, in the second lowest position, so this + gives us 2 for the first digit of the hour. The + second column has no LEDs on, so we have a 0 for + the second digit of the hour. So the hour is 20, + or 8PM for people who like AM/PM notation. Looking at the + minutes, we have 0 for the first digit, and + 1 for the second digit since only the bottom LED + is lit. This gives us "20:01" so far. Lastly, we have the + seconds. For the first digit, we have the lowest two LED's + lit. These have value 1 (for the lowest) and 2 (second lowest) + for a total of 3. And the second column of the + seconds has the top LED lit, with a value of + 8. Thus, the time is 20:01:38, or + 8:01:38PM. + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + If you add it to a vertical panel, it is a nice size. If you then + move it to a horizonal panel, it changes size in the horizontal + panel. If you move it back to a vertical panel, it doesn't change + size back, and forces the panel to widen itself. + + + + + + + + Authors + + Jon's Binary Clock was written by Jon + Anhold (jon@snoopy.net. Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug reports to the GNOME bug tracking + database. (Instructions for submitting bug reports can be + found on-line. If you are using GNOME 1.1 or later, + you can also use Bug Report Tool + (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk). Please send all + comments and suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation + Project by sending an email to + docs@gnome.org. You can also submit comments online + by using the GNOME Documentation + Status Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/life-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/life-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12dcf6a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/life-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ + + The Life Applet + + The GNOME panel life is an applet + which runs the game of life according to Conway's rules in a + small grid in your panel, with the organism and background colour + constantly changing. It is part of the gnome-applets package. + + + To add this + applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Amusements + Game of Life + . + or you can issue this command at a command prompt: + life_applet --activate-goad-server=life_applet & + + +
+ Life Applet + + Life Applet + + + +
+ + + Usage + + Once it is present, you don't need to do anything to the life + applet. It will run happily on its own. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Randomize — + randomizes the game. This will stop it from + getting boring and repeating the same patterns. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about the Game of Life + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + Rules + + The Game of Life as described by Conway in 1970 has the following + rules: + + + + + Start with a grid (usually a plain square) of squares. Fill + a proportion of them with cells, randomly placed. This is generation + zero. + + + + + Any cell with two or three neighbours survives to the next + generation. + + + + + On any square with no cell and three neighbours, a new cell is + born. On any other square, no new cells are born. + + + + + Repeat generations. + + + + + + The game will eventually end in one of a number of ways: + + + + + + The death of all cells (theoretical, but uncommon in the life + applet). + + + + + A fixed equilibrium with all remaining cells surviving but + creating no new cells. + + + + + A dynamic equilibrium where the game cycles continually through + a particular sequence of patterns. + + + + + + For interest value, the current grid in the life applet is 78 by 78 + and the proportion of squares filled with cells is 50%. + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + None known. + + + + + Authors + + The Life Applet was written by George Lebl + (jirka@5z.com). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne (telsa@linuxchix.org) + and Eric Baudais (baudais@okstate.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/loadavg-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/loadavg-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96450a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/loadavg-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The load average applet + + + The loadavg_applet is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you the current load + average. + + + + The load average of a machine is a rather arbitrary number which + represents how "busy" your machine is. It is calculated as an + average of (very roughly) how many processes there are which are + either running or are waiting for a wake-up call from the kernel. + It is very useful for comparing over time with different load + averages on your machine, but it is not very useful to compare + it with other machines. Normally, it is represented as a fraction. + +
+ Load Average Applet + + Load Average Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. Various options to alter its display are + available. + + + + + Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items + + In addition to the standard menu items, + the right-click pop-up menu has the following items: + + + + + Default Properties... + + + This opens the multiload_applet dialogue box + described below which allows + you to alter the default properties of this and related monitor + applets. + + + + + + Properties... + + + This opens the multiload_applet dialogue box + described below which + affects only the loadavg_applet + properties. + + + + + + Run gtop... + + + This option will run the gtop which + starts up the GNOME System Monitor. gtop + gives a much more detailed look at your system and what's happening + on it. + + + + + + + + Properties + +
+ Default Properties Dialog + + Load Average Applet Default Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + Like several of the monitor applets, + loadavg_applet has two ways of setting + preferences. You can make changes that affect any of this group of + applets, + (cpuload_applet, memload_applet, + swapload_applet, netload_applet + and loadavg_applet) in one large dialogue + box. This is useful if you run one or more of them. These are the + settings used by default. They are reached from the + Default Properties... menu item. + + +
+ Greyed Out Properties Dialog + + Load Average Applet Greyed Out Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + Or you can change just the properties for + loadavg_applet. This is useful for when + you only use loadavg_applet or want to + try new combinations out. It is reached from the + Properties menu item. + + + + If you use the Properties... menu item + and edit the preferences for just this applet, you must uncheck + the Use default properties checkbox before + you can alter any settings. + + + +
+ Load Average Properties Dialog + + Load Average Applet Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + The changes you can make to the properties are four: + + + + + Colours + + + You can alter the colours used for the applet's display + clicking on the colour boxes. This invokes the GNOME colour wheel. + The titles are a little misleading. "Used" is the current load + average, and "free" is the background colour. + + + + + + Speed + + + You can alter the speed that the graph proceeds with this. + It is measured in milliseconds. The default is 500. + + + + + + Size + + + You can alter the size of the applet with this. It is measured + in pixels. The default value is 40, and the range is from 1 pixel + to whatever you like. In a vertical panel, this refers to the + height. In a horizontal panel, it refers to the width. + + + + + + Maximum + + + This is the maximum number in the Y axis (the possible + maximum load average which the applet will show). The default + is 10. + + + + This option is only available from the Default + Properties menu option. It does not appear on + the dialogue box which is started by the + Properties menu option. + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + Resizing and then altering the panel orientation can still cause + intermittent problems, although they now fix themselves after a + short period. + + + + + Authors + + This applet was writen by Martin Baulig (martin@home-of-linux.org). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (telsa@linuxchix.org) and Eric Baudais + (baudais@okstate.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mailcheck-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mailcheck-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd9f554 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mailcheck-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,345 @@ + + The Mail Check Applet + + + The mailcheck applet is an applet which + sits in your panel and tells you when you have new email. To add + this applet to the panel, right-click on the panel and choose + + Add applet + Network + Mailcheck + + + +
+ Mail Check Applet + + Mail Check Applet + + + +
+ + + Usage + + You don't need to do anything in particular to run this applet. + Providing it is looking in the right place for your email, it + will run itself quite happily. The following options, however, + are available: + + + + + + Clicking mouse button 1 does nothing + unless you have told it to start a program when you do this. You + do this with the properties box described below. + + + + + Holding down mouse button 2 allows + you to drag the applet around the panel (and between panels). + option. + + + + + Clicking mouse button 3 brings up + the typical applet menu which includes an + About box and a properties + + + + + + + Preferences + + The mailcheck properties dialogue box is + divided into two sections, one for what the mail check applet + does, and one for where it checks for email. + + +
+ Properties dialog — Mail check tab + + Properties dialog - Mail check tab + + + +
+ + + + Mail check options + + + The mail check options have six sections: + + + + + Execute...before each update + + + Sometimes you may want to run something such as + fetchmail before the applet + checks for new mail. To do this, check the checkbox and + fill in the program name in the space here. + + + + + + Execute...when new mail arrives + + + Sometimes you may want other programs to run when new mail + arrives. It is common to tell the machine to play a noise + at you, for example. Checking this checkbox and filling in + the command (such as mpg123 + sillynoise.mpg or + esdplay + sillynoise.wav) will + let this happen. + + + + + + Execute...when clicked + + + By putting a program name (generally a mail-reader such as + balsa or spruce + here and clicking on the checkbox, you can set things up so that + when you click button 1 on the + applet, that program will be automatically run. + + + + + + Check for mail every... + + + You can adjust the range for checking whether mail has arrived + between 1440 minutes (once a day) to never. Setting it to never + is silly and will confuse it. The default value is every two + minutes. + + + + + + Play a sound when new mail arrives + + + The sound played if you check this checkbox + is an alarm bell. It is contained in + $prefix/sound/events/mailcheck.soundlist; + if you want to change it to a different sound, alter that and + put the sound in $prefix/sounds/. + + + + + + Select animation + + + By clicking on the box with the animation name, + you can get a list of different pictures which have different + animations when new email arrives. + + + + + + + + +
+ Properties dialog — Mailbox tab + + Properties dialog - Mailbox tab + + + +
+ + + + Mailbox options + + + The mailbox options have four sections, some of which will be + greyed-out. + + + + By clicking on the box with the mailbox location, + you can tell the mailcheck applet where to look for your incoming + email. + + + + + When local mailspool or local maildir are selected as the location + for the mailbox, then you can fill in the details on which file + or directory the applet should check for new email. You can only + put one filename here. The section about mail servers will be + greyed out. + + + + + When remote POP3 or remote IMAP are selected as the location for + the mailbox, then you can fill in the details on the mail server, + username and password. If the you don't supply the password, the + applet will ask for it when it first tries to check for mail. + The section about local filenames will be greyed out. + + + + + + + + + + Known bugs and limitations + + + + Setting something to be executed before each update can hang the + applet and the panel. + + + + + Sometimes the animation stops happening after prolonged use. + + + + + If you use a mail filter such as procmail, + which sorts email into different folders, the applet won't check them + all for new email. It will only look at one file. + + + + + + + + + Authors + + Mail Check was written by + Miguel de Icaza (miguel@gnu.org), + Jacob Berkman (jberkman@andrew.cmu.edu), + Jaka Mocnik (jaka.mocnik@kiss.uni-lj.si) and + Lennart Poettering (poettering@gmx.net). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (telsa@linuxchix.org) and Eric Baudais + (baudais@okstate.edu). Please send all comments + and suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME + Documentation Project by sending an email to + docs@gnome.org. You can also submit comments + online by using the GNOME + Documentation Status Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/memload-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/memload-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a3bb0a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/memload-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,329 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The memory load applet + + + The memload_applet is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you how much memory is + being used. + + + + Usage + + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. Various options to alter its display are + available. + + +
+ MEM Load Applet + + MEM Load Applet + + + +
+ + + The applet shows four different uses of memory: + + + + Free + + + Free memory is memory which is not being used by any program. + The default colour is green. + + + + + + Buffers + + + Buffers hold data which has not yet been written to the disk. + They also hold data which has been recently read from the disk, + keeping it around in case it is needed again. The default colour + is grey. + + + + + + Shared memory + + + Shared memory is memory which more than one program is using. + This is a very common thing to do on UNIX systems. Many GNOME + programs use a lot of shared memory, which cuts down on the + total memory used. The default colour is yellow. + + + + + + Other + + + Memory being used in other ways is shown in this category. The + default colour is a greenish-yellow. + + + + + + + + Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items + + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up menu + has the following items: + + + + + Default Properties... + + + This opens the multiload_applet dialogue box + described below which allows + you to alter the default properties of this and related monitor + applets. + + + + + + Properties... + + + This opens the multiload_applet dialogue box + described below which + affects only the memload_applet + properties. + + + + + + Run gtop... + + + This option will run the gtop which + starts up the GNOME System Monitor. gtop + gives a much more detailed look at your system and what's happening + on it. + + + + + + + + Properties + +
+ Default Properties Dialog + + MEM Load Applet Default Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + Like several of the monitor applets, + memload_applet has two ways of setting + preferences. You can make changes that affect any of this group of + applets + (cpuload_applet, memload_applet, + swapload_applet, netload_applet + and loadavg_applet) in one large dialogue + box. This is useful if you run one or more of them. These are the + settings used by default. They are reached from the + Default Properties... menu item. + + +
+ Greyed Out Properties Dialog + + MEM Load Applet Greyed Out Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + Or you can change just the properties for + memload_applet. This is useful for when + you only use memload_applet or want to + try new combinations out. It is reached from the + Properties menu item. + + + + If you use the Properties... menu item + and edit the preferences for just this applet, you must uncheck + the Use default properties checkbox before + you can alter any settings. + + + +
+ MEM Load Properties Dialog + + MEM Load Applet Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + The changes you can make to the properties are three: + + + + + Colours + + + You can alter the colours used for the different categories of memory + the applet displays by clicking on the colour boxes. This + invokes the GNOME colour wheel. + + + + + + Speed + + + You can alter the speed that the graph proceeds with this. + It is measured in milliseconds. The default value is 500. + + + + + + Size + + + You can alter the size of the applet with this. It is measured + in pixels. The default value is 40, and the range is from 1 pixel + to whatever you like. In a vertical panel, this refers to the + height. In a horizontal panel, it refers to the width. + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + Resizing and then altering the panel orientation can still cause + intermittent problems, although they now fix themselves after a + short period. + + + + + Authors + + This applet was writen by Martin Baulig (martin@home-of-linux.org). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gywnne + (telsa@linuxchix.org) and Eric Baudais + (baudais@okstate.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mini-commander-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mini-commander-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65cdcff --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mini-commander-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,402 @@ + + Mini-Commander Applet + + + Mini-Commander applet, shown in , adds a command line to your + Panel. It features command completion, + command history, changeable macros and an optional built-in clock. + Because of the changeable macros you can use it for many different + tasks. You can simply start a program (or a short macro) or view a + web page or search for a man/info page + etc. Mini-Commander can be detached from + your Panel using an optional handler on the + side, which is especially usefull for people who use vertical + panels. + + + To add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Utility + Mini-Commander + . + + +
+ Mini-Commander Applet + + Mini-Commander Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + + To start a program or run a command, simply enter the program or + command and press return. Or, to browse for an application or command + in your filesystem, click on the small circle + in the lower corner. + + + Mini-Commander has command + completion (similar to many other user shells). Thus, you often + have not to enter the full name but only the first few characters + followed by the tab + key. Mini-Commander will try to + complete the program name in the same way most UNIX shells do. + + + Mini-Commander also has command + history, which allows you to recall previous commands by pressing + the arrow-up or arrow-down + key. This works like the command history in most UNIX shells. Note + that commands are not stored in the history if it is already + present in the history in order to avoid duplication. You may + also access the history list by pressing the small down + arrow icon in the applet and selecting a command from + the history list. + + + Mini-Commander has the ability to use + macros. It has some predefined macros. For example if + you enter + term:command then + command is executed + in a terminal window. Or if you enter an URL then your web browser is + used to view it. Additionally you can define your own macros or + change the predefined ones. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Mini-commander + Applet, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize Mini-Commander + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + +
+ Properties dialog: General Tab + + Properties dialog: General Tab + + + +
+ + + The properties in the General tab are: + + + + + Show time — If this button is checked, the time will be + shown in the lower corner of the applet. + + + + + + Show date — If this button is checked, the date will be + shown in the lower corner of the applet. + + + + + + Show handle — If this button is checked, a handle will + be attached to the edge of the applet, allowing you to detach + the applet from the Panel. You may + re-attach the applet on the Panel by + dragging it back into place. + + + + + + Show frame — If this button is checked, a thin black + frame will be drawn around the applet. + + + + + + Enable history based auto completion — If this button is + selected, Mini-Commander will + automatically complete commands using the history list. + + + + + + Applet width — Enter the desired applet width here. + + + + + + Applet height — Enter the desired applet height here. + + + + + + Command line height — (This feature is disabled.) + + + + + + Command line foreground — Select the foreground color, + used for the text you enter. + + + + + + Command line background — Selecting the background + color, used for the background behind the text in the entry. + + + + + + + + + + The Macros tab consists of a list of up to + 99 macros, each of which is a regular expression + (Regex) and a macro + (Macro). Enter the regular expression for + Mini-Commander to match in the left + column, and the corresponding macro which should be executed in + the right column. The default setting has many useful macros + already defined, which may be helpful in learning to write your + own macros. + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Close button. + + + + + + + Frequently Asked Questions + + + Here are listed some frequently asked questions and the answers to + them. + + + + + + + Why am I not able to give + Mini-Commander keyboard focus? + + + + + This is a confusing problem which seems to have several reasons + and which occurs only under certain conditions. + + + + If you cannot give Mini-Commander + applet keyboard focus at all then this could be a problem with + you window manager. If this is true for you it would helpful + if you write me a short mail and tell me what window manager + you are using (name and version). + + + + Sometimes it happens that you can give keyboard focus to + Mini-Commander applet only for the + first time. After this it is impossible + to focus it again. Currently the reason for this bug is + unknown. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + In some instances, it is impossible to give + Mini-Commander focus after the first + time. + + + + + + + Further Information + + For more information on Mini-Commander + applet, check out its web page at + http://www.maruhn.com/mini-commander/. + + + + + + + Authors + + Mini-Commander was written by Oliver Maruhn + (oliver@maruhn.com). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Oliver Maruhn + (oliver@maruhn.com). Minor modifications and + updates were made by Dan Mueth + (d-mueth@uchicago.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mixer-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mixer-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f630387 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mixer-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ + + Mixer Applet + + + Mixer applet, shown in , provides a simple and + convenient interface for controlling the sound volume and launching + the Audio Mixer. To add this + applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Multimedia + Mixer + . + + +
+ Mixer Applet + + Mixer Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + To adjust the volume, slide the volume bar up (louder) or down + (quieter). To mute (or un-mute) the volume, press the speaker + icon at the bottom of the applet. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Run Audio Mixer… — starts + the Gmix Audio Mixer + application. The contents of this audio mixer will vary, + depending upon the capabilities of your sound card. + However, it typically allows you to control the volume + level of the different sound input devices, such as the CD + player, microphone, and line. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Mixer + applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + Note About Sound in GNOME + + For sound to work in GNOME, you must have sound enabled in the + Control Center. To configure sound, + click on the Main Menu button (the foot + icon) and select + + Programs + Setting + Multimedia + Sound + . Make sure both sound options are enabled in the + General tab. Feel free to configure and + test things in the Sound Events section. + Note that you may have to exit GNOME and restart for sound to + work properly after enabling it in the Control + Center for the first time. + + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + This applet has no known bugs. + + + + + + + + Authors + + Mixer applet was written by Michael Fulbright + (msf@redhat.com). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (d-mueth@uchicago.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/modemlights-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/modemlights-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..462d71b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/modemlights-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ + + Modem Lights Applet + + Modem Lights Applet, shown in , monitors your modem while it is + working. To add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the panel + and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Network + Modem Lights + + + + +
+ Modem Lights Applet + + Modem Lights Applet + + + +
+ + + + + Usage + This applet can be used to tell if your modem is working, + and to track its behavior and performance. It can also be + configured to call a separate script or program to have your modem + connect and disconnect when you click on the button + with the single green light. + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + Properties— brings up + + Properties + dialog + + + + + + Help — brings up this + document. + + + + + + About — shows basic + information about the Modem Lights + Applet, including the applet's version and + author's name. + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize Modem Lights Applet by + right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Modem Lights Settings dialog (shown in , which allows you to + change various settings. + +
+ Preferences dialog + + Preferences dialog + + + +
+ + The properties are: + + + + Show connect time and + throughput &mdash have Modem + Lights Applet's graphic display expand to include + two small text boxes showing the current data transfer rate (top) + and connect time (bottom). + + Connect command: and + Disconnect command: — To use + Modem Lights Applet to initiate a + connection, place the name of the startup command in the + Connect command text box, and the disconnect + command in the box beneath it labeled Disconnect + command. When you click on the single button on the + applet, it will connect or disconnect your modem. + + + Confirm connection — + Display a dialog box confirming your connection. + + + + + Updates per second — Set the update + rate of Modem Lights + Applet's display. + + + Show connect time and + throughput — add two text windows to the + applet showing the time you have been connected at the data + transfer rate. This is a good way to monitor your modem's + performance. + + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + +
+ Advanced preferences dialog + + Advanced preferences dialog + + + +
+ Modem Lights Applet's + Advanced preferences window allows you to + control advanced features of the applet. + + + The properties are: + + + + Modem lock file: — + specifies the file created by the computer when the modem is + working, allowing other programs to know it is in + operation. /var/lock/LCK..modem, the default + setting, is the most common, if your computer uses a symbolic link + from /dev/modem to the actual modem + device. Check with your system administrator to see if a different + device name and therefore lock file is in use. Modem + Lights Applet needs this information to find and + monitor your modem. + + + + Verify owner of lock file + — verify that the lockfile really belongs to the + currently running PPP daemon and is not left over from an + older one. This is checked by default and shouldn't be changed. + + + + + + + Device — Device, typically + ppp0 on a Linux machine, is the name of the + network interface being used by the modem. If + ppp0 is not correct for your machine, check + your system documentation for the correct designation. + + Other possible network interface names commonly used include + ippp0 for Linux ISDN; + isp0 for NetBSD ISDN and + ipdptp0 for Solaris PPP. + + + + + + Use ISDN — If you use + an ISDN modem, check the Use ISDN + checkbox. Modem Lights Applet will then + ignore all the settings above related to standard modems. + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + + + + + + + After you made all the choices you want, click on + OK to make the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click on + Cancel button. + + + + + Known bugs and limitations + + The Verify lock file check box on the + advanced preferences window should always be left true. It is + likely to be removed from future versions of Modem + Lights Applet. + + + + + + + + + Authors + + Modem Lights Applet was written by + John Ellis (johne@bellatlantic.net) and Martin + Baulig (martin@home-of-linux.org). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by John Fleck + (jfleck@inkstain.net). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/netload-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/netload-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d806f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/netload-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,333 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The net load applet + + + The netload_applet is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you about the load on +different network interfaces. + + + + + Usage + + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. Various options to alter its display are + available. + + +
+ Net Load Applet + + Net Load Applet + + + +
+ + + It displays details for four different types of network interfaces: + + + + SLIP + + + SLIP is the serial line IP protocol. It is not commonly used + any more, being largely replaced by PPP, but it is one way of + connecting a computer to other machines which was popular for + modems. + + + + + + PPP + + + PPP is the Point to Point Protocol, for connecting one computer + to another. It has largely replaced SLIP. It is effective and + flexible but not as fast as ethernet. This is probably the most + common way people connect from home to the internet. + + + + + + ETH + + + Ethernet is another method for connecting machines together. + It requires an ethernet card in the computer and a piece of + ethernet cable connecting it to the other machine to talk to. + It's a lot faster than PPP. + + + + + + Other + + + Other forms of networking are available, such as ways to + talk over infra-red beams (IRDA), ways to talk over amateur + radio (AX25), and token-ring networks. Anything the applet + finds which is not SLIP, PPP or ethernet is monitored under + 'other'. + + + + + + + If you have two interfaces of the same type running (for example, + two ethernet interfaces talking to different machines), what is + displayed is the sum total of the two. The applet will not divide + it into two sections. + + + + + Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items + + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up + menu has the following items: + + + + + Default Properties... + + + This opens the multiload_applet dialogue box + described below which allows + you to alter the default properties of this and related monitor + applets. + + + + + + Properties... + + + This opens the multiload_applet dialogue box + described below which + affects only the netload_applet + properties. + + + + + + Run gtop... + + + This option will run the gtop which + starts up the GNOME System Monitor. gtop + gives a much more detailed look at your system and what's happening + on it. + + + + + + + + Properties + +
+ Default Properties Dialog + + Net Load Applet Default Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + Like several of the monitor applets, + netload_applet has two ways of setting + preferences. You can make changes that affect all of this applet group + (cpuload_applet, memload_applet, + swapload_applet, netload_applet + and loadavg_applet) in one large dialogue + box. This is useful if you run one or more of them. These are the + settings used by default. They are reached from the + Default Properties... menu item. + + +
+ Greyed Out Properties Dialog + + Net Load Applet Greyed Out Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + Or you can change just the properties for + netload_applet. This is useful for when + you only use netload_applet or want to + try new combinations out. It is reached from the + Properties menu item. + + + + If you use the Properties... menu item + and edit the preferences for just this applet, you must uncheck + the Use default properties checkbox before + you can alter any settings. + + + +
+ Net Load Properties Dialog + + Net Load Applet Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + The changes you can make to the properties are three: + + + + + Colours + + + You can alter the colours used for the different network interfaces + by clicking on the colour boxes. This invokes the GNOME colour wheel. + + + + + + Speed + + + You can alter the speed that the graph proceeds with this. + It is measured in milliseconds. The default is 500. + + + + + + Size + + + You can alter the size of the applet with this. It is measured + in pixels. The default value is 40, and the range is from 1 pixel + to whatever you like. In a vertical panel, this refers to the + height. In a horizontal panel, it refers to the width. + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + Resizing and then altering the panel orientation can still cause + intermittent problems, although they now fix themselves after a + short period. + + + + + Authors + + This applet was writen by Martin Baulig (martin@home-of-linux.org). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gywnne + (telsa@linuxchix.org) and Eric Baudais + (baudais@okstate.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/odometer-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/odometer-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f84c4c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/odometer-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ + + Odometer Applet + + + The GNOME panel Odometer applet, shown in is an applet which tracks and measures the + movements of your mouse pointer across the desktop. It is part of the + gnome-applets package. To add this + applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Amusements + Odometer + . + + +
+ Odometer Applet + + Odometer Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + Once it is present, you don't need to do anything to the odometer. + It just sits quietly in your panel and keeps track of all your mouse movements. + In addition, moving the mouse pointer over the odometer produces + a tooltip telling you whether the distance + is expressed in metric units (centimeters, meters, kilometers) + of in feet (inches, feet, miles). + The upper value indicates your total trip distance, + and the lower value is the partial trip distance, that + can be resetted at will. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Reset — + This resets the odometer applet to zero again. + + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about odometer + Applet, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize odometer + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + + + The properties dialog box (which calls + itself "Odometer setting" rather than properties) is divided into + two sections, one for general options, and one for themes. + + + + General + + +
+ Properties dialog (general preferences tab) + + General preferences tab + + + +
+ + + The general preferences tab, shown in , has four options: + + + + Use metric + + + If the use metric checkbox is checked, + mouse pointer distance travelled is shown in meters + (centimeters, meters, and kilometers) . If it + is not checked, the distance travelled is shown in feet + (inches, feet and miles). By + moving the pointer over the odometer you can produce a + tooltip which shows you whether it is + currently displaying meters or feet. + + + + + auto_reset + + + If the auto_reset checkbox is checked, + the odometer numbers return to zero each time it's + started or each time the session is started. This allows + you to display your daily mouse trip distance if you + used to restart you gnome session every morning. + + + + + enabled + + + If the enabled checkbox is checked, then + the odometer will keep counting how far you have moved your + pointer. If not, it will return the numbers to zero until you + re-enable it. + + + + + digits number + + + The digits number field determines how + many digits the odometer will display. The default is four, and + the range is from 1 to 10. + + + + + + + + + Theme + + +
+ Properties dialog (theme preferences tab) + + Theme preferences tab + + + +
+ + + The theme preferences tab, shown in , has a variety of + themes you can choose from. They are found by default in + $PREFIX/odometer/. + + + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Close button. + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + This applet has no known bugs. + + + + + + + + Authors + + The odometer applet was written by + Fabrice Bellet (Fabrice.Bellet@creatis.insa-lyon.fr), + and based on the Mouspedometa for KDE by + Armen Nakashian, which in turn was based on the + Motif-based Xodometer by Mark H. Granoff. + Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line.) If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Arjan Scherpenisse + (acscherp@wins.uva.nl). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/printer-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/printer-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f012b27 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/printer-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ + + + Printer Applet + + + + Printer applet, shown in , + allows you to print files by dragging them onto the + applet from the desktop or file + manager. To add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Utility + Printer Applet + . + + + + +
+ Printer Applet + + Printer Applet + + + +
+ + + Usage + + + To print a file from your desktop or file + manager, drag the file onto the printer applet. + + + + + + Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + Properties... — This menu + item opens the Properties dialog (see + ) which allows you to + customize the appearance and behavior of this applet. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about the Printer + Applet, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + Properties + + You can configure printer applet by + right-clicking on the applet and choosing the + Properties... menu item. This will open the + Properties dialog, shown in . + + +
+ Properties Dialog + + Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + + To change the label displayed at the bottom of the + printer applet, ("Print" in ) type a new name in the Printer + name field. This setting is useful if you have more than one + printer available for use and wish to add a + printer applet to the + Panel for each printer. The Printer + name does not determine which printer your file will be printed + to, it exists as an easy means to to distinguish between printers should you + have more than one printer applet installed on + your Panel. + + + + + + To change the command the printer applet uses to + print your files, you may enter a new command in the Print + command field. By default, the printer + applet uses the command lpr, which is + common to many systems. Your system may use a different command. If you're + unsure, check your system's documentation. + + + Note for advanced users + + If you have more than one printer, you may designate which printer to send + files to by changing the Print command setting. For + instance, if your system uses the command lpr to print + files and you need to print your file on the printer named "ljet5", you + would change the Print command setting to lpr + -Pljet5. + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Close button. + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + There are no known bugs in the + printer applet. + + + + + + + Authors + + Printer Applet was written by + Miguel de Icaza (miguel@kernel.org) + and Federico Mena (quartic@gimp.org). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. You also can use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Michael Hall + (mphall@cstone.net). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME + Documentation Project by sending an email to + docs@gnome.org. You can also submit comments + online by using the GNOME + Documentation Status Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/quicklaunch-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/quicklaunch-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0535306 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/quicklaunch-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ + + QuickLaunch Applet + + + QuickLaunch is an applet + which holds application launchers. It shrinks the launcher icons + to their smallest size to save room on your panel. The example + QuickLaunch Applet shown in contains eight GNOME + application launchers in a standard-sized Panel. + To add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Utility + QuickLaunch + . + + +
+ QuickLaunch Applet + + QuickLaunch Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + To add a launcher to the QuickLaunch + applet, just drag it from its current position (either on a + Panel or in the Main + Menu) onto the QuickLaunch + applet using the left mouse button. + To remove a launcher from the + QuickLaunch applet, just right-click on + the launcher and select Delete launcher. To + configure the properties of a launcher which is in your + QuickLaunch applet, right-click on the + launcher and select Launcher + Properties…. + + + The vertical bar at the left edge of the applet is used for + easily moving the applet in your Panel. + Grab the applet by depressing the left or center mouse button and + then move the applet, releasing the mouse button when finished. + This vertical bar is also used to access the applet menu items by + right-clicking on this bar. + + + + Right-clicking on the vertical bar on the left side of the applet + brings up a menu containing the following items: + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about APPLET + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + It is not possible to re-arrange launchers inside the + QuickLaunch applet. It is also not + possible to have multiple QuickLaunch + applets with different contents. + + + + + + + + Authors + + QuickLaunch applet was written by Fabio + Gomes de Souza (fabiofb@altavista.net). Please + send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (d-mueth@uchicago.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/screenshooter-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/screenshooter-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e4a63d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/screenshooter-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,714 @@ + + ScreenShooter Applet + + + Screen-Shooter is a handy little + screengrabber which is simple to use. It sits in your panel + and you can click on it to take a screenshot of either the + whole desktop or just a single window. + + + + To add the applet to your panel, you can + right-click on an empty part of the panel + and follow the sequence + + Applets + Utility + ScreenShooter + . + + + + Usage + + + + To take a picture of the entire desktop, + left-click on the image of a monitor. This + button is the lower of the two on a normally-sized horizontal + panel and the right-hand button on a + narrow horizontal panel or a vertical + panel. + + + + + To take a picture of just one window, + left-click on the image of a window. + This button is the top one on a normally-sized horizontal + panel and the left-hand one on a narrow + horizontal panel or a vertical + panel. The button will stay pressed in + and the cursor will change to a cross. Move the cursor to the + window you want a picture of, and click in that window to select + it. + + + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu + containing the usual options for an applet, including a + Properties option + described below. + + + + + Settings + + Screen-Shooter can be configured to do + a number of different things. To configure + Screen-Shooter, click on the applet + with mouse button 3 (usually, right mouse button) and select + Properties from the + popup menu. The + Preferences dialogue has seven sections + described below. Five of these are visible initially: two more + sections are available from a toggle in the first section. + + + + + General Preferences + + + + + Capture WM decorations when grabbing a window + + + + The capture decorations checkbox controls + whether or not the titlebar and edges of a + window are included. It is only relevant + when Screen-Shooter is taking a + picture of a single window rather than of + the whole screen or of a rectangle you have selected. The default is + for this to be checked and for the titlebar + and window borders to be included in the shot. + + + + + + Give audio feedback using the keyboard bell + + + + The audio feedback checkbox controls + whether or not Screen-Shooter will + beep when it actually takes the shot. The default is to beep. + + + + + + Display spurious options + + + The spurious options checkbox controls whether + some of Screen-Shooter's more esoteric + options are available. The default is off (i.e., they are not + available). Checking this option makes two sections called + Spurious 1 and + Spurious 2 visible + in the preferences dialogue. + + + + + + Delay before taking shot + + + When taking shots of the desktop, you can + set a delay between clicking on the + Screen-Shooter and the shot being taken. + The delay can be up to one minute. This can be very useful when you + want to focus on a particular window or if + you want to bring up a menu. + + + + + + Compression quality + + + Compression quality does not refer to how tightly a file is + compressed, but to how well it retains detail after + compression. The higher the compression quality, the better + the quality of the image, but the larger the size of the resulting + file. It is relevant when you are saving something as a JPEG, + a MIFF or a PNG file. The default compression quality is 75%. + + + + + + Create monochrome image + + + A fairly self-explanatory option: if this is selected, + the resulting image will be in monochrome. This is off by default. + + + + + + Invert colours in image + + + Another self-explanatory option: if this is selected, the colours + of the image are reversed so that white becomes black, pale purple + becomes greenish, and so on. Lovely -- but rarely useful! Off by + default. + + + + + + + + Files, Apps + + + + Directory to save file in + + + The directory to save the shot in must exist already: + Screen-Shooter will not create + it for you. If you try to save it to somewhere that does + not exist, then no screenshot will be taken. The default + directory is ~/: your home directory. + + + + + + Filename for images + + + Screen-Shooter is designed to allow the + user maximum flexibility in naming each shot. The filename field + (as well as the directory field) is passed to a shell for normal + shell expansion before being used. This allows you to use the + output of programs, scripts or environment variables to name your + shots. The reason for this is to allow unique filenames. + By default, Screen-Shooter will create a name which is based on + the time and date it was taken: this of course should always be + unique. The default filename is + `date +%Y_%m_%d_%H%M%S`_shot.jpg. + As you can see, the filename includes the output of the date + command in order to generate a datestamp. + So it makes up a name based on the date, using the format the + percentage symbols and letters tell it. Then it adds the rest + of the name from outside the backticks to the date it has used. + Explanations of the cryptic percentage symbols can be found + in man date, but the arguments in the + default filename are: + + + + %H + The hour of the day (from 00 to 23) + + + %M + The minute of the hour (from 00 to 59) + + + %S + The second of the minute (from 00 to 60) + + + %d + The day of the month (from 01 to 31) + + + %m + The month of the year (from 01 to 12) + + + %y + The final two digits of the year + + + + + Other examples of filenames you might use are: + + + + screenshot-`date +%Y%m%d-%H%M%S`.jpg + + + pic-`date +%H%M%S`.png + + + myshot.jpg + + + `my_own_script_to_create_a_filename`.jpg + + + + + The filename suffix determines the filetype. Screen-Shooter + supports what can only be described as a ridiculous number of + different image formats. Try your luck. For a full list, type + man convert. You can even try .html to create a + client-side image map, and wild things like that. + + + + If your filename suffix is not something Screen-Shooter + recognises, or you omit one, it will save the shot as a + MIFF file. Use the convert utility to change the + format later. + + + + + + View screenshot after saving + + + The view screenshot checkbox is unchecked by + default. After checking it, you will get a view of the shot once it + has been taken. You need to specify a viewer for this: the default + is ee, which launches the + Electric Eyes image viewing program. + + + + + + + + + Thumbnails + + + + Create thumbnail of image too + + + None of the other options on this page will have any effect + if create thumbnail is not checked. + By default, it is off. + + + + + + Thumbnail size + + + This is the percentage of the original's size that the thumbnail + will be. The default is 25%. + + + + + + Thumbnail compression + + + This is the quality of compression to use. As with the general + preferences, the better the quality of the compression, the more + detail will be preserved, and the bigger the thumbnail will be. + The default for a thumbnail is 50%. + + + + + + Prefix to attach to filename + + + This is the prefix to attach to the thumbnail filename to distinguish + it from the full-sized shot. If you leave this blank, the + thumbnail will overwrite the full-sized shot and you will lose + the full-sized one. The default prefix is "thumb-". + + + + + + Use high-quality intermediate for + generating thumbnail + + + + The high-quality intermediate checkbox is off + by default. It generates a MIFF image whilst making the thumbnail. A + 'lossy' file format refers to a file format where data and detail is + irretrievably lost, but which is typically much smaller than a + non-lossy format image of the same thing. The typical example of a + lossy file format is JPEG. + + + + + + + + Post-Processing + + + These options munch processing power compared + with the options in previous sections. They work by producing an + intermediate image of the screenshot, and then performing actions + upon it. Once any of these options are enabled, the shot will take + longer to complete, due to the extra processing involved. + + + + + + Normalize image + + + The normalize image checkbox transforms the + image to span the full range of colour values. + Default is off. + + + + + + Equalize image + + + The equalize image checkbox enables + histogram-based image equalization, which is a process which + compensates for low contrast in an image and brings out more + detail. Default is off. + + + + + + Enhance image + + + The enhance image checkbox tells + Screen-Shooter to clean up + the image as best it can, and try to remove any noise. + Default is off. + + + + + + Despeckle image + + + The despeckle image checkbox reduces + spotting by removing single pixels which are very different in + colour from their surroundings. The default is off. + + + + + + Sharpen image by factor + + + Sharpening the image sharpens the image. The default is a factor + of zero, but it can be raised to 100%. + + + + + + Rotate image clockwise + + + This is how many degrees clockwise to rotate the image. The + default is 0: unrotated. + + + + + + Adjust gamma + + + The gamma checkbox enables you to adjust the + gamma. The gamma value is a value to do with the intensity + of the lightness of an image (and rather complicated). The + range Screen-Shooter provides is + from 0.8 to 2.3 with a default of 1.6. This is not a linear + (straight) scale so you will need to experiment. Lowering the + gamma produces a darker image. Raising it produces a lighter one. + + + + + + + + Frills + + + Create frame around image + + + The create frame checkbox is off by default. + Checking it produces a frame around the shot taken. This frame is + always grey, but Tom + Gilbert notes, if anybody requests it, I'll add + options for setting its colour. + + + + + + Frame width + + + This determines the size of the frame in pixels. The range + is from one pixel to fifty. The default frame is six pixels. + + + + + + Flip image vertically + + + This gives a vertical mirror image of the shot. It can be combined + with the following option. The default is unchecked. + + + + + + Flip image horizontally + + + This gives a horizontal mirror image of the shot. It can be combined + with the preceding option. The default is unchecked. + + + + + + Emboss image + + + Embossing an image produces an image drained of most colour and + drawn in relief. The default is unchecked. + + + + + + Send image and thumbnail to... + + + By placing a script or program name in the box and checking the + send to checkbox, you can invoke that script + or program to be automatically run on the image and thumbnail. + This could be used to print the image out automatically, + to invoke a script to catalogue the files, or to add the + pictures to a website automatically. A sample script for the + latter is available with Screen-Shooter. + + + + + + + + Spurious options: part 1 + + + Tom Gilbert says, These options are all just plain silly. But + they're fun. So I included them. They also munch processing + power in the same manner as the post-processing options above. + + + + + To make use of any of the options listed in this section and the + next section, you need to have selected Display spurious + options in the General Preferences + section. They will not be available otherwise. + + + + + + Blur image + + + The blur image checkbox is off by default and + the blur factor is set to zero. By checking the checkbox and altering + the blur factor you can blur the image. Even at the highest + rating (100), a typical font on a typical terminal window is + still just about decipherable. + + + + + + Create charcoal effect + + + The charcoal checkbox is off by default and + the charcoal factor is set to zero. Charcoaling produces a + monochrome image with a slight smudginess which increases + with the charcoal factor. It does not deal with highlighted + text very well, though. The maximum factor for this is 100. + + + + + + Find edges + + + The find edges checkbox is off by default and + the factor is set to zero. Using it produces a monochrome image + where, rather than highlighting areas of different colours, it + highlights the edges and borders between areas of different + colour. Very interesting on maps and astronomical photos. The + maximum factor for this is 100. + + + + + + Implode image + + + The implode image checkbox is off by default + and the factor is set to zero. Using it warps the resulting + screenshot as if a weight had been pressed into the centre of the + shot. The maximum factor for this is 100. + + + + + + + + Spurious options: part 2 + + + + Create painted effect + + + The painted effect checkbox is off by default + and the radius to paint around each pixel is set to zero. Checking + it with a radius of about 5 produces an effect like an Impressionist + painting. Checking it with a radius of about 50 will eat your + CPU cycles like mad for ten minutes on a reasonably powerful + machine. The maximum radius is 100, but you will need either + a large machine or a lot of patience for that. + + + + + + Solarise image + + + The solarise checkbox is off by default and + the factor is set to zero. Solarising is an effect first noticed + in developing photographs from negatives. It results in a + negative image with different colouring from that of the + "inverted colours" option in the general preferences. A + solarise factor of 5 will produce startling results, but the + maximum factor is 100. + + + + + + Spread image pixels + + + The spread image checkbox is off by default + and the factor is set to zero. The result of spreading the image + pixels by a radius of about 5 is similar to looking through + lightly frosted glass; for heavily-frosted glass, try 25. + The maximum is 100. + + + + + + Swirl pixels + + + The swirl pixels checkbox is off by default + and the factor is set to zero. Swirling the pixels results in a + distorted image similar to an imploded image except that it + swirls around the central point rather than stretching to + it. A radius of 20 produces an effect like a fairground distorting + mirror, only not a mirror-image; 90 a much increased version + (although text is still legible); at 180 the entire image is + warped; and at the maximum of 360 a spiral effect is created. + + + + + + + + Known bugs and limitations + + + + + Often screenshots saved in PNG format show incorrectly in + Netscape or the GNOME Help + Browser. This is due to bugs in Netscape and + and GNOME image libraries, not to bugs in + Screen-Shooter. You can view such + screenshots in a different image-viewing program; or you can try + changing image compression level in the Preferences dialogue box, + which sometimes helps. + + + + + + + Authors + + The Screen-Shooter applet was + written by Tom Gilbert + (gilbertt@tomgilbert.freeserve.co.uk). + Please report bugs in the Screen-Shooter applet to the + GNOME bug + tracking system. You can do this by following the + guidelines on that site or by using + bug-buddy + from the command-line. For the package, put gnome-applets. + + + This manual was written by + Telsa Gwynne (telsa@linuxchix.org) and + Tom Gilbert (gilbertt@tomgilbert.freeserve.co.uk). + Please send all comments and suggestions regarding this manual to + the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + --> + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/sound-monitor-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/sound-monitor-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..202a4b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/sound-monitor-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,505 @@ + + Sound Monitor Applet + + + Sound Monitor applet, shown in its + default theme (appearance) in , is a sound volume display and an + interface for controlling ESD (the Enlightened Sound Daemon) -- + GNOME component responsible for sound output. To add this applet to + a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Multimedia + Sound Monitor + . + + +
+ Sound Monitor Applet + + Sound Monitor Applet + + + +
+ + + + Sound in GNOME + + GNOME uses a special program, called ESD (the Enlightened Sound + Daemon), as an intermediary between applications and sound + card. ESD allows mixing sound from several applications, so that + you can play a game and hear the sound effects while listening + to an aduio CD. To hear any sound from GNOME applications, ESD + must be running. Normally GNOME is configured so that ESD is + started every time you login; if for some reason this is not so, + click on the Main Menu button (the foot + icon) and select + + Programs + Setting + Multimedia + Sound + + and make sure that the option Enable sound server + startup is enabled, so that the next time you login, + ESD will be started. You can also start or stop ESD + using the Sound Monitor applet as + described below. + + + Non-GNOME applications usually are not aware of ESD and need + full control of the audio card --- they can not share audio card + with other applications. This means with such applications, you + can either have sound from GNOME or sound from non-GNOME + application, but not both. In many cases, this means that you + have to temporarily stop ESD to get sound from non-GNOME + applications (otherwise, you get error messages like + Device /dev/dsp busy). + + + + + + + Usage + + Sound Monitor always displays the + volume of sound being produced on your system graphically. + You may control sound by turning ESD on or off by right-clicking + on the applet and selecting Place Esound in + standby or Resume Esound + respectively, as described below. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Manager… — brings + up the + Sound Monitor Manager dialog, + which allows you to view and control current ESD settings. + + + + + + Place Esound in + standby/Resume + Esound/Start + Esound — At any time, you will only + have one of these three items, depending on whether ESD is + running and what its status is. The first two menu items + allow you to + temporarily place ESD in standby and then resume ESD. + This is useful if you have a sound application which is + unable to work with ESD, but needs direct access to the + sound device. The third allows you to start + Esound if it is not started. + + + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Sound + Monitor, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize Sound Monitor + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog (shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + + The properties in the General tab are: + + + + + Peak indicator — This controls the behavior of the peak + indicator (the bright line which tracks the peak volume), + either turning it off (off), having it + follow the peak as if it is floating on top + (active), or having it follow the peak + smoothing out short spikes and drops + (smooth). + + + + + + Peak indicator falloff speed — This controls the speed + the peak indicator falls back to zero volume (for active mode) + or moves toward the current volume (for smooth mode). + + + + + Scope (scale 1:X, where X=?) — This controls the + horizontal (time) axis scale for Sound + Monitor "scope-like" themes, i.e., themes that + show a graph of sound level, with time along the horizontal + axis. (Since + the default theme is not a scope, this control does not do + anything until you have modified the theme, as described + below.) A value of 1 corresponds to time scale of 44 100 + pixels/second; value of X gives 44 100/X pixels/second. (These + numbers appear because the standard for CD-quality audio + stipulates that there should be 44 100 sound samplings per second.) + + + + + + Connect points in scope — This determines whether the + sampled volume points are connected. (For scope themes only.) + + + + + + Screen refresh (frames per second) — This controls the + number of times the Sound Monitor + display is updated each second. + + + + + + + The properties in the Theme tab are: + + + + + Theme file (directory) — This is the theme for you + Sound Monitor, which determines the + overall appearance of the applet. You can either select a + theme from the list Themes:, or else type + in the directory and name of another theme if available. Some + of the standard themes are shown in . + +
+ Example Sound Monitor Themes + + Example Sound Monitor Themes + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + The properties in the Advanced tab are: + + + + + ESD host to monitor — This option allows you to listen + to sound being played by ESD on another computer. To do so, + enter the network address (or IP address) of a computer to + monitor in the format host:port. + The host specified must be running ESD and have their esound + daemon "unlocked" to allow other machines to connect. Note + that the default port for ESD is 5001. Leave + this entry blank to monitor sound on the local machine. + + + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + + + + + + The Sound Monitor Manager + + To start the Sound Monitor Manager, + right-click on the applet and choose + Manager…. This will open the + Sound Monitor - Manager dialog (shown in ), which allows you to + view and modify various ESD settings. + +
+ Properties dialog + + Sound Monitor Manager dialog + + + +
+ + + The Server tab displays the following information: + + + + + Server information — This is a brief description of the + esound server daemon's current status, including the sound + output rate to the sound card, the number of currently playing + sounds (connected streams), and the number of sound samples + cached in the server. + + + + + + + + The properties in the Streams tab are: + + + + + Connected Streams — This displays a list of basic + information for the current sound streams playing through the + sound server. The user can adjust the volume and balance of a + stream by first selecting the stream's line, then adjusting + the volume and balance sliders. + + + + + + + + The properties in the Samples tab are: + + + + + Cached Samples — This displays a list of basic + information for the current sounds cached in the sound + server. The user can adjust the volume and balance of a cached + sound by first selecting the sound's line, then adjusting the + volume and balance sliders. To toggle between displaying the + sound's length as bytes or time (format MM:SS.S) click on the + length or time column heading. + + + + + + + After you made all the choices you want, click on + OK to make the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + + + + + + The Esound Persistent Volume Daemon (ESDPVD) + + The Sound Monitor applet comes with a + companion program called the Esound Persistent Volume + Daemon + (ESDPVD), which can run in the background and remembers the volume + and balance of each stream that connects to the sound server. The + main purpose of ESDPVD is to be used in + conjunction with the Sound Monitor + applet's Manager dialog + to retain volume levels for individual streams that + connect to the ESD sound server. + + + As an example, suppose you are running the + GTCD CD Player and you + lower its volume using the Manager window. Normally + the volume setting will be lost when the program (in this case + GTCD) is exited and + restarted. However, if esdpvd is + running and you start GTCD again, the + volume will be restored to its previous (in this case, + lower) value from before. + + + If you configure GNOME to start ESDPVD + each time GNOME is started (using the + control-center's Startup + Programs section), ESDPVD + will remember sound volume and balance customizations between + GNOME sessions. + + + ESDPVD also remembers volume and + balance adjustments to cached samples (often used for interface + sound events such as button clicks, menus, etc.). + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + This applet only shows the sound volume for sound produced by + GNOME applications (to be precise, sounds passing through ESD); it + will not show sound volume for applications that directly connect + to audio card. + + + + + + + + Authors + + Sound Monitor was written by John Ellis + (johne@bellatlantic.net). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. You can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (d-mueth@uchicago.edu) and John Ellis + (johne@bellatlantic.net). Please send all comments + and suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation + Project by sending an email to + docs@gnome.org. You can also submit comments online + by using the GNOME Documentation + Status Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/swapload-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/swapload-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bfc3fe --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/swapload-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,289 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The swap load applet + + + The swapload_applet is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you how much swap space is + being used. + + + + The swap space is a part of the hard drive which is not + part of the filesystem. When the kernel decides a program in + memory is not being used a lot but might be required soon, + it takes parts of the program out of memory and puts those into the + swap space, where it can easily retrieve it. Moving data between + memory and swap can be slow, so if you are using a lot of your + swap space, you may find the machine's reaction slows. + + + + Usage + + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. Various options to alter its display are + available. + + +
+ Swap Load Applet + + Swap Load Applet + + + +
+ + + + + Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items + + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up menu has + the following items: + + + + + Default Properties... + + + This opens the multiload_applet dialogue box + described below which allows + you to alter the default properties of this and related monitor + applets. + + + + + + Properties... + + + This opens the multiload_applet dialogue box + described below which + affects only the swapload_applet + properties. + + + + + + Run gtop... + + + This option will run the gtop which + starts up the GNOME System Monitor. gtop + gives a much more detailed look at your system and what's happening + on it. + + + + + + + + Properties + +
+ Default Properties Dialog + + Swap Load Applet Default Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + Like several of the monitor applets, + swapload_applet has two ways of setting + preferences. You can make changes that affect all of this group + (cpuload_applet, memload_applet, + swapload_applet, netload_applet + and loadavg_applet) in one large dialogue + box. This is useful if you run one or more of them. These are the + settings used by default. They are reached from the + Default Properties... menu item. + + +
+ Greyed Out Properties Dialog + + Swap Load Applet Greyed Out Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + Or you can change just the properties for + swapload_applet. This is useful for when + you only use swapload_applet or want to + try new combinations out. It is reached from the + Properties menu item. + + + + If you use the Properties... menu item + and edit the preferences for just this applet, you must uncheck + the Use default properties checkbox before + you can alter any settings. + + + +
+ Swap Load Properties Dialog + + Swap Load Applet Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + The changes you can make to the properties are three: + + + + + Colours + + + You can alter the colours used for used and free swap space + that are displayed by clicking on the colour boxes. This + invokes the GNOME colour wheel. + + + + + + Speed + + + You can alter the speed that the graph proceeds with this. + It is measured in milliseconds, and the default is 500. + + + + + + Size + + + You can alter the size of the applet with this. It is measured + in pixels. The default value is 40, and the range is from 1 pixel + to whatever you like. In a vertical panel, this refers to the + height. In a horizontal panel, it refers to the width. + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + Resizing and then altering the panel orientation can still cause + intermittent problems, although they now fix themselves after a + short period. + + + + + Authors + + This applet was writen by Martin Baulig (martin@home-of-linux.org). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gywnne + (telsa@linuxchix.org) and Eric Baudais + (baudais@okstate.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tasklist-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tasklist-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c03d74 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tasklist-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ + + + + Tasklist Applet + + + Tasklist applet, shown in , displays a table showing windowed + applications running on your computer. Depending on the options + chosen, you can display either those on the desktop currently in + use, or on all virtual desktops. To add this applet to a + Panel, right-click on the panel and choose + + Applets + Utility + Tasklist + . + + + +
+ Tasklist + + Tasklist + + + +
+ + + Usage + Tasklist allows you to quickly + navigate the applications running on your computer, displaying + icons and application names for each application that meets the + criteria you've set in the properties window. Clicking + on an icon or application name gives focus to that application, + bringing it to the foreground so it accepts your keyboard input. + + Right-clicking with the mouse on an application's icon or + text in the applet brings up the following menu: + +
+ Tasklist Right-Click Options + + Tasklist Right-Click Options + + + +
+ + + + Iconify — reduce the + selected application to a panel icon. When an application + already has been iconified, the menu item changes to + Restore. Clicking on it restores the + application to your desktop. + + + + Shade — minimize the + application to a single window bar. When an application + has been Shaded, the menu item changes to + Unshade. Clicking on + Unshade restores the application to + full size. + + + + Stick — make application + "sticky", which means it remains in your field of view when + you change virtual desktops, following you as you go. When + an application is sticky, the menu option + Unstick is displayed, allowing you to + leave an application behind as you continue your virtual + desktop travels. + + + + Kill — kills the + application. The properties + dialog allows you to + have Tasklist prompt you for + confirmation before causing an application's untimely death. + + + + + + + + Task Grouping + Tasklist can group icons together when + multiple instances of a program are running. A number in parentheses + appears to next to the application. Clicking on the icon brings up a menu + listing all of the running instances. +
+ Task Grouping + +
+ Clicking on an item in the list brings that window to the foreground + and gives it focus. + By default, Tasklist groups four or more + applications. You can change this in the properties window. + + + + Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items + + In addition to the standard menu items (see ), the + right-click pop-up menu has + Properties... item — This menu + item opens the Properties dialog (see ) which allows you to + customize the appearance and behavior of this applet. + + + + + + Properties + + You can configure Tasklist applet by + right-clicking on the applet and choosing the + Properties... menu item. This will open the + Properties dialog, shown in . + +
+ Properties Dialog + + Properties Dialog + + + +
+ The Properties dialog allows to you + control which tasks are displayed: + + + + Show normal applications — + display, in the applet, all applications on the current + desktop that have not been minimized. + + + Show iconified (minimized) applications + — show all applications on the current + desktop that have been minimized + + + Show normal applications on all + desktops — show all full-sized, + non-minimized applications on all desktops. For this to + work, you must also have checked the Show normal + applications checkbox above. + + + Show iconified (minimized) applications on + all desktops — show all applications that + have been minimized on all desktops. For this to work, you + must also have checked Show iconified (minimized) + applications above. + + + + + + + + Show mini icons — Some + applications support a miniature icon. This option displays + it on the Tasklist panel. + + + Confirm before killing windows + — have the applet prompt you before you're permitted + to kill an + application. + + + Move iconified tasks to current workspace + when restoring — automatically switches + the desktop work area on your screen to the one containing + the application you click on in the + Tasklist panel. + + + Enable task grouping — Turns on + Tasklist's grouping feature and controls the number of instances of an application that must be running before they are grouped. + + + + + + +
+ Properties Dialog - Size + + Properties Dialog - Size + + + +
+ + The size properties dialog controls + how much space Tasklist takes up on + your panel: + + + Follow panel size + — have Tasklist size + determined automatically based on panel size. This overrides + other size options. + + + Tasklist width (height) + — width (or height in vertical panel) of + Tasklist in pixels. + + + Rows of tasks + — determines how many rows of task icons + Tasklist displays. + + + Default task size + — set the default size for display of a task + item. (This only has effect if Tasklist width is + dynamic is checked below.) + + + Tasklist width (height) is fixed + (dynamic) — Have the size of the tasklist + fixed or established by the applet dynamically. Setting it + to "fixed" means that the applet will always take the amount + of space set in "tasklist width", even if there are no + tasks. Setting it to dynamic means that + the applet will take as much space as needed to show all tasks (zero if + there are no tasks), but not more than the value set in + Tasklist width. + + + Only use empty space — If width or + height is set to be dynamic, this option forces + Tasklist to use only the available space + on your screen, preventing it from pushing other applets out + of the way and off of your screen. + + + + + + + + + + Basic Properties Options + All Properties dialogs have the following + buttons at the bottom of the dialog: + + + + OK — + Pressing OK will activate any changes + in the properties you have made and close the + Properties dialog. + + + + + Apply — + Pressing Apply at any time will + make your changes active without closing the + Properties dialog. This is helpful if + you would like to test the effects of the changes you have + made but may want to continue changing the properties. + + + + + Close — + Pressing Close will close the + Properties dialog. Only changes in the + configuration which were previously applied with the + Apply button will persist. Other + changes will be discarded. + + + + + Help — + Pressing Help brings up the manual for + the application, opening it to the page describing the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + + + + + + Standard Pop-Up Items + + All applets should have the following items in their right-click + pop-up menu: + + + Remove from panel + + + The Remove from panel menu item + removes the applet from the Panel. + + + + + + Move + + + After selecting Move, your mouse + pointer will change appearance (typically to a cross with + arrows in each direction). As you move your mouse, the applet + will move with it. When you have finished moving the applet, + click any mouse button and the applet will anchor in its + current position. Note that applets can be moved between two + Panels this way. + + + + + + Panel + + + The Panel submenu contains various + items and submenus for adding and removing + Panels and applets and for changing + the configuration. + + + + + + About + + + The About... menu item brings up a + dialogue box containing various information about the applet, + typically including the applet's name, version, author, + copyright, license and description. + + + + + + Help + + + The Help menu item brings up the help + manual for the applet. + + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + There are no known bugs in the + Tasklist applet. + + + + + + + Authors + + The Tasklist applet was written by Anders Carlsson + (andersca@gnu.org). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by John Fleck + (jfleck@inkstain.net). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tickastat-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tickastat-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4576897 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tickastat-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ + + Tick-a-Stat Applet + + + Tick-a-Stat applet, shown in , watches various aspects of your + system and delivers information when certain events occur. For + example, it can watch the CPU load and warn you when the CPU is + being overloaded with concurrent processes. To add this + applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Utility + Tick-a-Stat + . + + +
+ Tick-a-Stat Applet + + Tick-a-Stat Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + After you have configured Tick-a-Stat, + it will run continuously and does not require any input. + General configuration of Tick-a-Stat is + explained in . There are several + modules which can be used. Their function and configuration is + described in . + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Properties… — + opens the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + Event Log… — + opens the + Event Log dialog. + + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Tick-a-Stat + Applet, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize Tick-a-Stat + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open the + Properties dialog(shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + + +
+ Properties dialog + + Properties dialog + + + +
+ + + The Modules tab lists the various modules + you can enable. Select a module from Module + list on the left to configure it in the pane on the right. Each + module and its configurable properties are described in . + + + + The properties in the General tab are: + + + + Enable logging of events — If this button is + checked, a log of each event detected by an enabled module + will be written to the file named in the Log + path entry. + + + + + + Log Path — This is name of the file which will be used + to store the event log. + + + + + + + The properties in the Display tab are: + + + + + Smooth scroll — Selecting this button causes old events + to slowly scroll upwards when new events occur, instead of + quickly moving up to make room. + + + + + + Smooth type — Selecting this button causes new text to + be slowly typed across the applet as if somebody is typing it, + instead of appearing very quickly. + + + + + + Delay when wrapping text — This is the time delay (in + tenths of a second) that it pauses when it wraps a message + around the right edge of the applet (ie. for a carriage return). + + + + + + Scroll speed between lines (Smooth scroll) — This is the + speed at which lines are scrolled upwards. + + + + + + Width — This is the width(in pixels) of the applet. + + + + + + Use all room on panel — Selecting this button expands + the applet along the Panel to fill all + space (up to any neighboring Panel objects if they exist.) + + + + + + Height — This is the height(in pixels) of the applet. + + + + + + Use panel size hint — Selecting this button causes the + applet to try to size itself to fit the + Panel height. + + + + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + + + + + Modules + + Tick-a-Stat has several modules. + Each module watches a certain part of your system and responds + to different evens. Multiple modules can be run enabled at once. + The standard Tick-a-Stat modules are + described below. + + + + Test Module + + The Test module is a simple module that just prints + Testing line from test module :) in the applet + every few seconds. + + + + + Core Dump Catcher Module + + The Dump Monitor module monitors a certain path for core dumps. + If it finds one, it time stamps it and logs the backtrace. It also + displays a core dump logo and message in the main applet, as + shown in and optionally + will open a dialog displaying the backtrace. + +
+ Tick-a-Stat Showing a Core Dump + + Tick-a-Stat Showing a Core Dump + + + +
+ + + The Core Dump module settings are: + + + + + Enable this module — Selecting this button activates the + module. + + + + + + Show backtrace dialog on new core files — Selecting this + button will cause Tick-a-Stat to + open a dialog showing the backtrace each time a new core dump + is found. + + + + + + Path to monitor — Enter the name of the directory you + would like the Core Dump module to monitor for core dumps. + + + + + + + + Load Average Monitor Module + + The Load Average Monitor module monitors the systems CPU usage + and warns you when the number of processes(programs) sharing the + CPU is too high. (This will cause poor performance of each + process and can be indicative of an errant program or daemon.) + When the CPU load is high it will display a warning, as shown in + . For even higher + loads, an alert is displayed. + +
+ Tick-a-Stat Showing a Load Warning + + Tick-a-Stat Showing a Load Warning + + + +
+ + + The Load Average Monitor module settings are: + + + + + Enable this module — Selecting this button activates the + module. + + + + + + Check every (Seconds) — Set this to the interval (in + seconds) between checking the load. + + + + + + Show pop-up dialog for this event — Select this button + to have a pop-up dialog open each time a warning (or alert) + is issued. (This option occurs in both the Warning and Alert + sections.) + + + + + + Load average threshold — Set this to the load (the + average number of running programs which request use of the + CPU at any instant in time). (This option occurs in both the + Warning and Alert sections.) + + + + + + Text to display — Enter the message which should be + displayed when the load reaches the threshold level. + + + + + + + + + File Tailer Module + + The File Tailer module shows any lines which are added to the + end of a given file. This is typically used to monitor the + output log files created by many programs. + + + + + The File Tailerr module settings are: + + + + + Enable this module — Selecting this button activates the + module. + + + + + + Path to tail — Set this to the name of the file you + wish to tail. (The term "tail" refers to watching the tail, + or end, of a file. In a shell, one can do this using the + tail command, typically with the "-f" + flag.) + + + + + + Show pop-up dialog for new line — Select this + to have a pop-up dialog showing the new line open each time a + new line is added to the file. + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Event Log + + The event log is used to keep track of any events which register + in Tick-a-Stat. The file used for the + event log and whether event logging is enabled are specified in + the General tab of the Properties + dialog. To view the event log, right click on the applet and + select Event log…. + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + This applet has no known bugs. + + + + + + + + Authors + + Tick-a-Stat Applet was written by John Ellis + (johne@bellatlantic.net). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (d-mueth@uchicago.edu). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/webcontrol-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/webcontrol-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce11a1c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/webcontrol-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ + + + + + WebControl Applet + + WebControl Applet, shown in , allows you to launch your + Netscape browser with the URL you + indicate in the URL text box. To add this applet + to a Panel, right-click on the panel and choose + + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Network + WebControl + + + + +
+ WebControl Applet + + WebControl Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + To use this applet, type the URL of the document you wish + to view in the text box. For an Internet URL, you must type in + http:// followed by the web address, for + example, http://www.gnome.org. For a local + file, simply type the file's name. + + + If you would like to launch a new browser window instead of + using the currently active one, check the Launch new + window check box. + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Properties— opens the + + Properties + dialog + + + + + Help — displays this + document. + + + + + About — shows basic + information about WebControl + Applet, including the applet's version and author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + + Customization + + You can customize WebControl Applet by + right-clicking on it and choosing + Properties…. This will open + the Properties dialog (shown in ), which allows you to + change various settings. + +
+ WebControl Properties Dialog + + Preferences dialog + + + +
+ + + The properties are: + + + + Display URL label — + display the text Url: to the left of the + text entry window in the applet. + + + + + + Display "launch new window" option + — display check box on the applet window allowing you to + decide whether your document will be displayed in a new browser + window or the currently open. + + + + + + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + OK to apply the changes and close the + Properties dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + Cancel button. + + + + + Known bugs and limitations + + WebControl Applet only starts + Netscape. If you don't have + Netscape, it won't work. If you have + a different browser set as your URL handler, Web + Control Applet will still start Netscape. + + WebControl Applet does not + resize to match the size of the panel if the panel is smaller than + WebControl Applet's normal height and width. This + effects both small horizontal panels and all vertical panels. + + + + + + + + Authors + + WebControl Applet was written by Garrett Smith + gsmith@serv.net. Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by John Fleck + (jfleck@inkstain.net). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/whereami-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/whereami-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a84e6a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/whereami-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ + + Where Am I? Applet + + + The Where Am I? applet, shown in , shows the position + of your mouse pointer on the screen, reporting the coordinates as + x and y, where + x is horizontal and y + is vertical. The dimensions of an area on the screen can be determined + by dragging the cursor after the Where Am I? + applet has been activated. + To add this applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and choose + + Panel + Add to panel + Applet + Utility + Where Am I? + . + + +
+ Where Am I? Applet + + Where Am I? Applet + + + +
+ + + + Usage + + You don't need to do anything special to use this applet. It will + report the position of your cursor as you move your mouse about. + Clicking on the Where Am I? will "grab" + the cursor, causing it to change to a cross-hairs shape. Once the + cursor has been grabbed, you can can drag the cursor to measure + the dimensions of an area on the screen. A second click will + ungrab the cursor, and restore normal operation. + + + + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + + + + + Help — + displays this document. + + + + + + About… — + shows basic information about Where Am I? + Applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + + + + + + + + + + + + Known Bugs and Limitations + + This applet has no known bugs. + + + + + + + + Authors + + Where Am I? was written by John Kodis + (kodis@jagunet.com). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the GNOME + bug tracking database. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found + on-line. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use Bug Report + Tool (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME Documentation Project + by sending an email to docs@gnome.org. You can also + submit comments online by using the GNOME Documentation Status + Table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/authors.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/authors.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7cbb403 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/authors.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ + + GNOME User's Guide Documentation Team + + This User's Guide was written by the following authors + + + Writers + + + + + David C. Mason + + + David A. Wheeler + + + Alexander Kirillov + + + Dan Mueth + + + Telsa Gwynne + + + Eric Baudais + + + John Fleck + + + Aaron Weber + + + Kenny Graunke + + + John Ellis + + + Havoc Pennington + + + Emese Kovacs + + + Spiros Papadimitriou + + + Oliver Maruhn + + + Chris Lyttle + + + James Cope + + + Michael Hall + + + Tom Gilbert + + + John Kodis + + + Gregory Leblanc + + + Vera Horiuchi + + + Szabolcs (Shooby) Ban + + + Arjan Scherpenisse + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/desktop.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/desktop.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ad4fc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/desktop.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ + + + + The GNOME Desktop + + Introduction + + + GNOME Desktop + + The GNOME Desktop provides the functionality of any traditional operating + system desktop. You can drag files, programs and directory folders to the + desktop; you can also drag those items back into GNOME-compliant + applications, allowing you to quickly access any items you select. + + + IMPORTANT + + The GNOME Desktop is actually provided by a backend process in the GNOME + File Manager. If, for any reason, that backend process has stopped running + you may start the Nautilus File Manager again and your desktop will be + restored. Even if you do have to do this you do not need to keep the + Nautilus File Manager window open to enable the desktop. + + + + + Using the Desktop + + Using the Desktop is as simple as dragging items you wish to use + routinely to the desktop. The default desktop includes a + folder of your home directory (usually /home/[user + name]). By default the Nautilus File Manager window will + also appear so you can quickly access other areas of your system. + + + Once an item is on the desktop you can double-click on it to perform its + default action or right-click on it (click on it using the mouse's right + button) to see a menu of actions that can be performed on it. The default + action depends on the kind of item it is; if it's a program, that program + will start, if it's data, the appropriate program will be started with + that data loaded, and if it's a directory, a file manager window will be + opened showing that directory's contents. + + + To use drag and drop you need to be using either a GNOME compliant + application or a Motif application. GNOME is compliant with Motif drag and + drop so you will find it works with many applications you already have + installed. + + + All items that are stored on your desktop are located in the following + directory: + + $/home/[user name]/.nautilus/desktop/ + + This is helpful to remember when you want your desktop to contain an item + for which you cannot use drag and drop. + + + + GNOME Desktop + Hardware Devices + + Once you have started GNOME you can mount CDROM or floppy drives you have + connected to your system by right clicking on the desktop and selecting the + disks menu. This will show an icon on your desktop that you can use to + access these drives. + + + IMPORTANT + + You must have permission to mount the device shown on your desktop before + you can use these icons. If you do not have mount permission someone + with root access such as your system administrator can give it as + follows. You can read more about this and other items of system knowledge + in . + + + + Mounting Drives + + Giving mount access to ordinary users can be done quite easily if you have + linuxconf installed on + your machine. Just select the drive you want to access in the + Access local drive section. In the + Options tab select the User + Mountable option. Your drive will now be mountable by users. + + + If linuxconf is not + available someone with root access must edit the + /etc/fstab file to include user access. This is done + by adding the user attribute to the drive. For example: + + + If your fstab file contains a line like this: + + /dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 exec,dev,ro,noauto 0 0 + + Add "user" to the fourth column: + + /dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 user,exec,dev,ro,noauto 0 0 + + + + Depending on your system and work environment, there could be some + security risks in permitting users to mount disks. Please consult your + system administrator before taking this action. + + + + + Desktop Areas + + + Desktop Areas + + + Multiple Desktops + + Desktop areas allow you to keep a well organized system when you have many + tasks to perform at one time. Just like adding a new desk when you have too + much material to fit on one, desktop areas allow you to move to another area + to launch more programs. + + + GNOME is aware of desktop areas even though they are controlled by another + software program called the 'window manager'. You can set the number of + desktop areas within the configuration of the window manager you are + using. If you are using the default window manager or your window manager + has a graphical configuration tool you may be able to launch it from the + Window Manager Capplet. You may read more about this Capplet in + + + IMPORTANT + + Most window managers will give you the option of having multiple desktops, + which are different from desktop areas. Desktop areas are virtual + extensions of one desktop whereas multiple desktops are actually separate. + + + The default setup of GNOME is to use desktop areas with only one + desktop. The reason for this is with some applications, such as those which + use Motif, users can experience problems with some drag and drop + functionality across desktops. + + + + Other Desktop Menus + + + GNOME Desktop + Desktop menus + + There are a few desktop menus you may use in GNOME. These menus are accessed + by making a right-button mouse click on any clean space on the desktop. This + will bring up a pop-up menu which contains a few items: + + + + + New Window - This launches a new Nautilus + File Manager window displaying your Home directory. + + + + + New Folder - This creates a new folder + on your desktop into which you can place files: a convenient way to clean + up your desktop. + + + + + New Terminal - This launches a new GNOME + Terminal window that will automatically navigate to the + /home/[username] + directory. + + + + + Clean Up by Name - This automatically arranges + your desktop icons. + + + + + Disks - This accesses the submenu to mount + removable drives + + + + + Change Desktop Background - This opens the + GNOME Control-center at the Background Capplet to allow you to reconfigure + the background of your desktop. + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/fdl.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/fdl.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57c82f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/fdl.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,636 @@ + + GNU Free Documentation License + + Version 1.1, March 2000 + + + + Copyright © 2000 +
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, + Boston, + MA + 02111-1307 + USA +
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license + document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + + + 0. PREAMBLE + + + The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other + written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone + the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without + modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, + this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get + credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for + modifications made by others. + + + + This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative + works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It + complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft + license designed for free software. + + + + We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free + software, because free software needs free documentation: a free + program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the + software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it + can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or + whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License + principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. + + + + + 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS + + + This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a + notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed + under the terms of this License. The "Document" , below, refers to any such + manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is + addressed as "you". + + + + A "Modified Version" of the + Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, + either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into + another language. + + + + A "Secondary Section" is a named + appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the + relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to + related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within + that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of + mathematics, a Secondary Section + may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter + of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or + of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position + regarding them. + + + + The "Invariant Sections" are + certain Secondary Sections whose + titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that + says that the Document is released + under this License. + + + + The "Cover Texts" are certain + short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that + says that the Document is released + under this License. + + + + A "Transparent" copy of the + Document means a machine-readable + copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the + general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and + straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of + pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available + drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or + for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input + to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup + has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by + readers is not Transparent. A + copy that is not "Transparent" + is called "Opaque". + + + + Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain + ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML + or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple + HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include + PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only + by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or + processing tools are not generally available, and the + machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output + purposes only. + + + + The "Title Page" means, for a + printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are + needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear + in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title + page as such, "Title Page" + means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, + preceding the beginning of the body of the text. + + + + + + 2. VERBATIM COPYING + + + You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either + commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the + copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies + to the Document are reproduced in + all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those + of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or + control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or + distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for + copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must + also follow the conditions in section + 3. + + + + You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and + you may publicly display copies. + + + + + + 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY + + + If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and + the Document's license notice + requires Cover Texts, you must + enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all + these Cover Texts: Front-Cover + Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both + covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of + these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all + words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other + material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to + the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, + can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. + + + + If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit + legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit + reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent + pages. + + + + If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you + must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each + Opaque copy, or state in or + with each Opaque copy a + publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete + Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which + the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at + no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the + latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin + distribution of Opaque copies + in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus + accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the + last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your + agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. + + + + It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the + Document well before + redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to + provide you with an updated version of the Document. + + + + + + 4. MODIFICATIONS + + + You may copy and distribute a Modified + Version of the Document + under the conditions of sections 2 + and 3 above, provided that you + release the Modified Version under + precisely this License, with the Modified + Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution + and modification of the Modified + Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you + must do these things in the Modified + Version: + + + + + + Use in the Title Page (and + on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of + previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in + the History section of the Document). You may use the same + title as a previous version if the original publisher of that + version gives permission. + + + + + + List on the Title Page, as + authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for + authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at + least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal + authors, if it has less than five). + + + + + + State on the Title Page + the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the + publisher. + + + + + + Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. + + + + + + Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications + adjacent to the other copyright notices. + + + + + + Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license + notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms + of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. + + + + + + Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required + Cover Texts given in the + Document's license notice. + + + + + + Include an unaltered copy of this License. + + + + + + Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add + to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and + publisher of the Modified Version + as given on the Title + Page. If there is no section entitled "History" in the + Document, create one stating + the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item + describing the Modified + Version as stated in the previous sentence. + + + + + + Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a + Transparent copy of the + Document, and likewise the + network locations given in the Document for previous versions it + was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You + may omit a network location for a work that was published at + least four years before the Document itself, or if the + original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. + + + + + + In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", + preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all + the substance and tone of each of the contributor + acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. + + + + + + Preserve all the Invariant + Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text + and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not + considered part of the section titles. + + + + + + Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may + not be included in the Modified + Version. + + + + + + Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" or to + conflict in title with any Invariant Section. + + + + + + If the Modified Version includes + new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no + material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate + some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their + titles to the list of Invariant + Sections in the Modified + Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from + any other section titles. + + + + You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains + nothing but endorsements of your Modified + Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer + review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the + authoritative definition of a standard. + + + + You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up + to 25 words as a Back-Cover + Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of + Front-Cover Text and one of + Back-Cover Text may be added by + (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text + for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by + the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; + but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the + previous publisher that added the old one. + + + + The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give + permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply + endorsement of any Modified Version + . + + + + + + 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS + + + You may combine the Document with + other documents released under this License, under the terms defined + in section 4 above for modified + versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the + Invariant Sections of all of the + original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined + work in its license notice. + + + + The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and + multiple identical Invariant + Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are + multiple Invariant Sections with + the same name but different contents, make the title of each such + section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of + the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a + unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the + list of Invariant Sections in the + license notice of the combined work. + + + + In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" + in the various original documents, forming one section entitled + "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", + and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections + entitled "Endorsements." + + + + + + 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS + + + You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released + under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License + in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the + collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for + verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. + + + + You may extract a single document from such a collection, and + distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a + copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this + License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that + document. + + + + + + 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS + + + A compilation of the Document or + its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or + works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not + as a whole count as a Modified + Version of the Document, + provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. + Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this License does not + apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being + thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the + Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies + of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the + entire aggregate, the Document's + Cover Texts may be placed on + covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise + they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. + + + + + + 8. TRANSLATION + + + Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may + distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations + requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may + include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the + original versions of these Invariant + Sections. You may include a translation of this License + provided that you also include the original English version of this + License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the + original English version of this License, the original English version + will prevail. + + + + + + 9. TERMINATION + + + You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided + for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense + or distribute the Document is + void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this + License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from + you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long + as such parties remain in full compliance. + + + + + + 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE + + + The Free + Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the + GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions + will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in + detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. + + + + Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version + number. If the Document specifies + that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later + version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and + conditions either of that specified version or of any later version + that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software + Foundation. If the Document does + not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any + version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software + Foundation. + + + + + + Addendum + + + To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of + the License in the document and put the following copyright and + license notices just after the title page: + + + + Copyright © YEAR YOUR NAME. + + + + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document + under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or + any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the + Invariant Sections being LIST + THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover + Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy + of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free + Documentation License. + + + + If you have no Invariant + Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" instead of saying + which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write "no + Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise + for Back-Cover Texts. + + + + If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we + recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of + free software license, such as the GNU General Public + License, to permit their use in free software. + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4430448 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..865d78d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/applet_props_dialog.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/applet_props_dialog.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f11ef3a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/applet_props_dialog.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..74bee03 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a0438f Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_settings.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-offline-25-20.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-offline-25-20.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91ddffc Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-offline-25-20.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-online-25-20.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-online-25-20.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da8986f Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-online-25-20.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-graph.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-graph.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8285bc1 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-graph.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-general.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-general.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a87f6fa Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-general.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-graph.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-graph.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..99db334 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-graph.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-messages.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-messages.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45099f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-messages.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-readout.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-readout.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebd18b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-readout.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/bg-capplet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/bg-capplet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b42874 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/bg-capplet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/border1.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/border1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdb6d9c Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/border1.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cdplayer_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cdplayer_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67cabb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cdplayer_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..874bbf1 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..553ef6f Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet_settings.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_characters.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_characters.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b541ef Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_characters.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8bc800 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a943bf Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_settings.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-general.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-general.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4e3a32 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-general.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-theme.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-theme.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a01e1a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-theme.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc9d7f7 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-default.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-default.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40e5df2 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-default.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-greyed.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-greyed.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..afd328d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-greyed.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..183cbcf Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5110b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpumemusage-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpumemusage-applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f64f0d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpumemusage-applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/create_launcher.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/create_launcher.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..902377a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/create_launcher.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/custicon.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/custicon.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16959f4 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/custicon.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-fig.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc984a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-fig.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-advanced-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-advanced-fig.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffb4f70 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-advanced-fig.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-geometry-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-geometry-fig.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..949af46 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-geometry-fig.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-tasks-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-tasks-fig.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a678f6 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-tasks-fig.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d38050e Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-tasklist-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-tasklist-fig.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41bb221 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-tasklist-fig.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet-prefs.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet-prefs.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..555696e Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet-prefs.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6c89b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_open.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_open.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1550c1d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_open.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7dfa8e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_all.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_all.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59b7db6 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_all.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_floppy.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_floppy.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5009a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_floppy.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57da50b Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_settings.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_tooltip.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_tooltip.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3cf6b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_tooltip.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_applets.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_applets.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aaee64a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_applets.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_menu.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_menu.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0551942 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_menu.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_panel.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_panel.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cd461f Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_panel.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fifteen_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fifteen_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..993616d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fifteen_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..209c98a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c35caf Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_settings.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-1.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84afc9d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-1.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-2.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-2.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..929e356 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-2.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-3.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-3.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..175fd1d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-3.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-4.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-4.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45d66bb Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-4.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-5.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-5.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fcfd20 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-5.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-6.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-6.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..484eca4 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-6.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-desk.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-desk.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f1ee63 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-desk.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52bb7a6 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccalf.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccalf.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..37f55c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccalf.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccappdef.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccappdef.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2a1c4f Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccappdef.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccdialog.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccdialog.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31a59ce Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccdialog.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccedit.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccedit.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6903b6a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccedit.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gcchints.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gcchints.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db6ac39 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gcchints.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmdi.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmdi.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..becd375 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmdi.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmime.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmime.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fa022f Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmime.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsession-props.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsession-props.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8684128 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsession-props.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsessopt.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsessopt.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..308566e Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsessopt.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound1.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab998c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound1.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound2.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound2.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9aa093e Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound2.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccstartup.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccstartup.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85b4312 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccstartup.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccurl.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccurl.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e5c0f3 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccurl.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1ab92d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..365b879 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_settings.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_add_list.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_add_list.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db48777 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_add_list.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ada87de Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..553b3dc Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet_settings.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_edit_keymap.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_edit_keymap.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5001fa8 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_edit_keymap.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/glob_pref_anim.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/glob_pref_anim.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..294efe7 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/glob_pref_anim.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnome-logo-large.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnome-logo-large.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..495e3c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnome-logo-large.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-fig.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..79e8f93 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-fig.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42a1965 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0920b0a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8065dc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_settings.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_weather.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_weather.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cea51f Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_weather.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/hide-button.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/hide-button.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e08e53c Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/hide-button.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/jbc_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/jbc_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..734417b Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/jbc_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/keyboard-capplet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/keyboard-capplet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6d51c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/keyboard-capplet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_advanced.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_advanced.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d0726d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_advanced.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_basic.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_basic.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7364004 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_basic.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/life-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/life-applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cda1844 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/life-applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/link.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/link.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed4fd94 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/link.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-default.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-default.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92db347 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-default.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-greyed.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-greyed.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c8fb0a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-greyed.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f7efea Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31e944a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/locbar.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/locbar.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81d02d0 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/locbar.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/logout-screen.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/logout-screen.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c15ad5b Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/logout-screen.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f560cf Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailbox.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailbox.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc7ee3a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailbox.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailcheck.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailcheck.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ee5d8a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailcheck.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mainmenu_properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mainmenu_properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbf6fa2 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mainmenu_properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-default.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-default.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..93bc827 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-default.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-greyed.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-greyed.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f234c3c Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-greyed.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cfe8a7b Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8e8f21 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/menueditor.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/menueditor.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c59bc44 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/menueditor.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a276c08 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_settings_general.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_settings_general.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efa58cd Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_settings_general.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mixer_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mixer_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..825700f Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mixer_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mm-button.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mm-button.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2622a3d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mm-button.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-advpref.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-advpref.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2fcf11 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-advpref.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-prefs.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-prefs.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81cf6e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-prefs.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..453fc6a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mouse-capplet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mouse-capplet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f910f8d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mouse-capplet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-default.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-default.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25458e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-default.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-greyed.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-greyed.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..274f92b Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-greyed.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6dde32 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf93c98 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/noread.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/noread.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5dd705a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/noread.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/nowrite.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/nowrite.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34bb7c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/nowrite.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9247388 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d3ca13 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_settings.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_themes.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_themes.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2280e3e Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_themes.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_applets.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_applets.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aaee64a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_applets.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_lockbut.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_lockbut.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3afb0a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_lockbut.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_logoutbut.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_logoutbut.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..93d6ff9 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_logoutbut.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_back.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_back.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a5e004 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_back.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_edge.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_edge.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0809e28 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_edge.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runbutton.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runbutton.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..417e4bc Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runbutton.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runprogram.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runprogram.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf9d04d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runprogram.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_swallow.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_swallow.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcfa479 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_swallow.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-1.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..68649af Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-1.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-2.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-2.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e9d1ac Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-2.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-3.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-3.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a199432 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-3.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea1c99b Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-1.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa58ca3 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-1.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-2.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-2.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c17d1ff Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-2.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-3.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-3.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6d8b2d Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-3.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-4.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-4.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0af06a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-4.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07030f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/prefmenu.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/prefmenu.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aed87d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/prefmenu.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-fig.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eddafaa Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-fig.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec450f4 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/quicklaunch_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/quicklaunch_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..613a8e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/quicklaunch_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/screensave-capplet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/screensave-capplet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ca7c1e Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/screensave-capplet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/sidebar.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/sidebar.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed2fda5 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/sidebar.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdde4ca Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0a0498 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_settings.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_themes.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_themes.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..76ad7e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_themes.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_manager_server.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_manager_server.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e03f1c Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_manager_server.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/status_dock.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/status_dock.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..739dfbb Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/status_dock.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-default.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-default.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e40efe Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-default.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-greyed.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-greyed.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4224a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-greyed.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..192cbb7 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bbf19b Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-fig.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f7e08b Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-fig.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties-size.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties-size.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..954db0b Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties-size.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..628947a Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-rightclick-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-rightclick-fig.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c033ee7 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-rightclick-fig.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/theme-select.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/theme-select.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e906b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/theme-select.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ff7b38 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_coredump.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_coredump.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25444aa Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_coredump.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_loadaverage.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_loadaverage.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..835ed95 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_loadaverage.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6520550 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_settings.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmenu.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmenu.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c3e802 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmenu.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmusic.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmusic.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8c03d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmusic.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet-prefs.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet-prefs.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d37dc54 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet-prefs.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24341a6 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/whereami_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/whereami_applet.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f44ec7 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/whereami_applet.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-add.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-add.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a89e30 Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-add.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-main.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-main.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..216ab5f Binary files /dev/null and b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-main.png differ diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gmenu.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gmenu.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed31929 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gmenu.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ + + + + Editing the Main Menu + + Introduction + + + Main Menu + editing + + The Main Menu is a repository for your applications and can be + found on the Panel. The Main Menu is preloaded with GNOME but it + can be configured to fit your work habits. The Main Menu is broken + up into three main subdirectories: Programs (System menus), Favorites + (User menus) and Applets (Panel Apps). The Menu Editor is available + for you to add new applications to the Main Menu but you cannot add + applications to the System menus if you are not the system + administrator (root). In this section you will learn how to add + applications to your Main Menu. + + + Using the Menu Editor + + The Menu Editor is a configuration tool for the Main Menu. The Menu Editor + is started by clicking on the Main Menu Launcher or Programs in the Global + Main Menu (the "Foot" menu) and selecting + Settings Menu + editor. + +
+ The Menu Editor + + The Menu Editor + + + +
+ + + The Menu Editor is divided into two main panels. The left side + contains the menu in its default state. The right side contains a + tabbed dialog that allows you to add new applications to the + menu. + + + On the left side in the menu tree you will notice that there are + two main menu lists, one for Favorites (User Menus) and one for + Programs (System Menus). The User Menus are for the current user + and the System Menus are for all users on the system. The + prepackaged applications are all located in the System Menus. + + + Within the menu list on the left side you may open and close + folders and see what is in your current menu by clicking on the + small plus signs beside the menus. + + + + Adding a New Menu Item + + + Main Menu + Adding a new menu item + + If you want to add a new menu item press the New + Item button on the toolbar. A new menu item will be added to + the highlighted menu. If you do not have a menu highlighted, it will + be placed at the top of the menu tree. Select the new item and type in the + information for the item in the dialog on the right. Once the information + is complete press the Save button and the new menu + item will be inserted at the highlighted location on the left side menu + tree. You may then move the menu item by pressing the up or down buttons + on the toolbar. You may also move the menu item by dragging it with your + left mouse button. + + + IMPORTANT + + Keep in mind that you cannot change the System menus unless you are + logged in as root. An ordinary user can only add to, delete from, and + edit the User Menus. + + + + + Drag and Drop in the Main Menu + + In the Menu Editor - The Menu Editor supports drag and drop functionality, + which will make your work easier. You may drag applications into the folders + you wish them to reside in or re-arrange you folders completely. + + + To the Panel - If you would like to place a menu item onto the Panel, you + can drag and drop from the menu to the Panel and it will place a launcher + there with all the appropriate properties set for you. If you prefer not to + use drag and drop you may also right click on the menu item and choose the + Add this launcher to panel from the + pop-up menu. + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnome-users-guide.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnome-users-guide.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25684f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnome-users-guide.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +]> + + + + + + GNOME User's Guide + + + GNOME User's Guide + Documentation Team + + + + + + + This is the official 1.4.0-1 release of the GNOME User's Guide. + + + + + + 1.0 + + + 03.12.2001 + + + + + + 2000, 2001 + + Eazel Inc., + Helix Code, Inc., + Red Hat, Inc., + Szabolcs (Shooby) Ban, + Eric Baudais, + James Cope, + John Ellis, + John Fleck, + Tom Gilbert, + Kenny Graunke, + Telsa Gwynne, + Michael Hall, + Vera Horiuchi, + Alexander Kirillov, + Emese Kovacs, + Gregory Leblanc, + Chris Lyttle, + Oliver Maruhn, + David Mason, + Dan Mueth, + Spiros Papadimitriou, + Arjan Scherpenisse, + Aaron Weber, + David A. Wheeler + + + + +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document + under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation + License, Version 1.1 or any later version + published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, + no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license + can be found here. + +Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and + services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any + GNOME documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members + of the GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps + or initial caps. + + + + + + + +&WHEELER; + +&WM; + +&PANEL; + +&GMENU; + +&DESKTOP; + +&NAUTILUS; + +&GNOMECC; + +&GNOME-APPLETS; + +&NEWBIES; + +&AUTHORS; + +&FDL; + +&GPL; + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnomecc.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnomecc.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4bdd36b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnomecc.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,1605 @@ + + The GNOME Control Center + + Introduction + + The Gnome Control Center allows you + to configure various parts of your system using a collection + of tools called capplets. These capplets may be + associated with the core set of Gnome applications or other + applications for which the developers have written capplets. + + + Your Control Center may contain + more capplets than are documented here depending on the + applications installed on your system. + + Control Center is a part of + Gnome desktop environment; it is included in + control-center package. This manual + describes version 1.2.3 of Control + Center. + + + + + + You may start the Control Center + one of three ways. To launch the Control + Center without any particular active capplet + select the Control Center menu item + from the Settings submenu in the + Main Menu or type the + command gnomecc at the command line + prompt. + + + If you know which capplet you would like to edit you may start + that capplet by selecting the correct menu item in the + Settings menu. + + + + + + Using the Control Center + + The Control Center is divided into + two main sections, the menu of configurable capplets on the + left and the main work space on the right. The capplets in the + menu are grouped in sections, such as + Desktop, Multimedia, + etc. Each of these sections is discussed in detail below. As + with all menus of this type, you can collapse a + whole section by clicking on the small downward triangle to + the left of the section title. To expand a collapsed section, + click on the triangle again. + + + Working with the Control Center + simply requires you to select a capplet from the menu on the + left and click on it. Once this is done, the workspace will + change, allowing you to configure the item. + + After you have made the configuration changes, you can + press OK button to confirm the changes + or Cancel to return to the old + configuration. It you want to test the new settings before + making your decision press Try button; + this will apply the new cofiguration settings so that you can + see what they would look like, but it also remembers the old + ones. After you have tried the new settings, you can press + OK button to make them permanent, or + Revert to return to the old + configuration. + + + + + + + Desktop + + The Desktop section controls the most visible global settings + for your Gnome environment. + + + The Background Properties Capplet + + + Gnome Control Center + Desktop + + The properties for your background image can be set here by + either selecting a color or an image. If you select a color + you have the option of having Solid, + Horizontal Gradient (the color smoothly + changes from left to right) and Vertical + Gradient (the color changes from top to bottom). + For gradient backgrounds, you need to select two colors: + beginning (primary) and ending (secondary) one. + + + If you decide to have an image as wallpaper you may browse for + the image you wish to use. Once you have found your image you + need to decide whether you would like to have the image tiled + across the screen, centered, scaled up while keeping the same + aspect, or simply scaled up to fit the screen. Once you have + changed your background properties you may press the + Try button at the bottom of the + Control Center to make the change. + + + If you would like to set the background by any other means you + may disable this capplet by unselecting Use Gnome + to set background checkbox. +
+ The Background Properties Capplet + + The Background Properties Capplet + + + +
+ + + + + Global Panel Preferences + + This capplet is provided by the Gnome Panel and is documented in the + Panel + Manual + + + + The Screensaver Capplet + + + Gnome Control Center + Screensaver + + In this capplet you can change your screensaver properties. This + capplet contains a list of available screen savers you may choose + and a demo screen. Below these two dialogs you will see a set of + tools that allow you to change the settings for the global + screen saver properties. If the screen saver you choose has + particular settings you can change those by pressing the + Settings button that appears below the + screen saver list. + + + Global Screen Saver settings &mdash In this + section of the capplet you can change the time, password, + and power management properties. You can decide how long you + would like the screen saver to wait before starting by + typing the number of minutes in the Start + After text box. If you would like a password to + return to your desktop click the Require + Password button. Your account login password is + the password set for the screen saver. + + + You are also given the option of using power management — if + your monitor is capable of it. You may set the time to wait + before the monitor is shut off by typing the time in the + Shutdown monitor text box. +
+ The Screensaver Properties Capplet + + The Screensaver Properties Capplet + + + +
+ + + + Theme Selector + + + Gnome Control Center + Theme Selector + + The Theme Selector capplet allows + you to select which GTK theme you would like to run. + + + GTK themes are coordinated settings that define the look and + feel of such elements of graphical user interface as buttons, + menus, scrollbars etc. of all Gnome applications (more + generally, of all applications using the GIMP Toolkit (GTK), + hence the name). + + + To change your GTK theme select a theme from the + Available Themes list on the left side + of the main workspace. If you have Auto + Preview selected you will be able to see what + the theme looks like in the preview window below. Note that + the preview window is live: you can click on + a button, enter text in sample text entry box, etc. If you + like the theme press the Try button + on the bottom of the Gnome Control + Center to install it. + + + There are a few GTK themes that come loaded with Gnome when + you install it. If you would like more themes you can check + resources on the Internet such as the GTK Themes + site. Once you have found and downloaded a theme + you like, press the Install new theme + button. This will launch a file browser that allows you to + find the theme you have just downloaded. The theme files + should be in a tar.gz or + .tgz format (otherwise known as a + tarball). Once you have found the file press + the OK and Gnome will install the + theme in the appropriate directory + (~/.themes) automatically. Now you can + look in the Available Themes list for + the theme you have installed. + + +
+ The Theme Selector Capplet + + The Theme Selector Capplet + + + +
+ + + If you would like to change the font used in the current + theme, you may do so by selecting the Use custom + font checkbox and clicking on the + font button below it. This will bring up a font selection + dialog that allows you to specify the font, its style, and + size. + + + Window Manager Capplet + + + Gnome Control Center + Window Manager"Window + Manager" + + Because Gnome is not dependent on any one window manager this capplet + allows you to select which window manager you wish to use. The Window + Manager capplet only shows Gnome-compliant window managers; if you + want to use other window managers, you have to tell Window Manager + capplet about them. + +
+ Window Manager Capplet + + Window Manager Capplet + + + +
+ + The Window Manager capplet has a main list of the window + managers that you can currently select from. Your current + window manager will be labeled Current. + + + If you wish to add a new window manager to the main list you may + press the Add button. This will launch + the Add New Window Manager dialog. + +
+ Add New Window Manager + + Add New Window Manager + + + +
+ + In the Add New Window Manager dialog + you may specify the name you wish to give the window + manager, the command to launch that window manager, and the + command to launch any configuration tool that might be + available for that window manager. + + + If you know that the window manager is fully Gnome compliant and + can be session managed you may select the Window + manager is session managed button. If you are unsure + you should check the documentation of your window manager. + + + Press OK when you are done. + + + Once you have finished adding your new window manager you will + see it appear in the main list of window managers. If you need + to change any of the properties you set in the Add New + Window Manager dialog you may select the window + manager from the main list with your mouse and press the + Edit button. + + + You may also delete any window manager in the main list by + selecting it with your mouse and pressing the + Delete button. + + + If you are ready to switch the current window manager you + may select the manager you wish to run from the main list + and press the Try button. If you + would like to run the configuration tool, make sure the + manager you want to configure is selected and press the + Run Configuration Tool for [window manager + name] button. + + + + + + + + + Document Handlers + + The Document Handlers section of the Gnome + Control Center allows you to change the way + certain file types and functions are viewed, edited or + manipulated. + + + Default Editor + + + Gnome Control Center + Default Editor + + The Default Editor Capplet allows you to select which editor + will be your default editor while using Gnome. This will + allow applications like the Gnome File Manager to launch the + correct editor when you try to open files associated with + editing. All popular editors available are included in the + selection list. + +
+ The Default Editor Capplet + + The Gnome Edit Properties + + + +
+ + + Gnome Mime Types + + + Gnome Control Center + Gnome Mime Types + + The Gnome Mime Types Capplet allows you to determine how you wish + to handle certain file types, or Mime types. Mime stands for + Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions and was originally + developed to allow email to carry various forms of data. In Gnome + you can define certain Mime types to be handled in any manner you + wish. For example, if you use .sgml files frequently and you wish + to always use Emacs to edit them you can configure the .sgml Mime + type to always be handled by Emacs. This means that any program + that wishes to launch the mime type for you will bring up + Emacs. This includes double clicking on the file icon in the + Gnome File Manager. + +
+ The Gnome Mime Types + + The Gnome Mime Types + + + +
+ + To add a new mime type press the Add + button. This will display the Add New Mime + Type dialog in which you may define the new Mime type. + + + To edit an existing Mime type you may select the Mime type with + your mouse cursor and press the Edit button. This will bring up + the Set Actions for... dialog. You may + define the icon used for the Mime type, the + Open action, the View + action and the Edit action. + + + + + + + URL Handlers + + The URL Handlers Capplet allows you to determine which browser + is responsible for various types of URLs. URLs or Uniform + Resource Locators are addresses + used to find certain documents or files. When you type in a + web address in a browser you are using a URL. The default + types of URLs are: + + + + Default + + + + Default &mdash this is any URL that is not + otherwise specified. For example, a web page. + + + + + + ghelp + + + This type of URLs is used for all Gnome documentation. By + default this is handled by Nautilus (Gnome file manager + and help browser) but you + may wish to view the files in another browser. + + + + + + info + + + This type of URLs is used for documentation in + info format file documentation + system. Nautilus can show these documents but you may wish + to handle them with another application. + + + + + + man + + + This type of URLs is used for so-called man + pages, a standard documentation format for command + line tools. Nautilus can view these documents but you may + wish to handle them with another application. + + + + + + To change the default browser for any of these URL types + simply change the browser in the handler + text box at the top of the Capplet and press the + Set button. If you wish to remove the + URL handler press the Remove button. + +
+ The URL Handlers Capplet + + The URL Handler + + + +
+ + + + + + + + File types and programs + + This capplet allows you to configure how files of various types + should be handled. File type (formally called MIME type) + describes what kind of data and in what format the file + contains. For each of the file types, you can set the icon to be + used by the File Manager, the default application to be used to + open files of this type, etc. For example, file type + image/jpeg is used for image files in + JPEG format; by default, it is opened using + File Manager's built-in graphics viewer. + + + + Viewing available file types + + The File types capplet shows you all file types currently known + to Gnome. For each file type, it shows a short description + (e.g., PDF document), the file type name + (e.g., application/pdf), etc. Clicking on a + file type in the list shows you more information about this gile + type, namely: + + + + Brief description (e.g., PDF document) + + + + Official file type name, or the MIME + type (e.g., application/pdf). These + names should be of the form + type/subtype, where + type describes general type of data + (image, text, audio, video, or application) and + subtype gives complete + specification. + + + + Icon to be used for files of this type by File + Manager. + + + + Default action to be performed when you click on the + file in the File Manager window. There are two possible + types of default actions: view the file using one of File + Manager built-in viewers or open the file + using an external application. In fact, you can have a whole + list of applications that can be used to open the file. One + of these applications is used by default when you click on + file; the other applications will be included in the pop-up + menu for files of this type (to get the pop-up menu, click + on the file with the right mouse button in the File Manager + window and select Open With). + + + + Extensions: these are used by File Manager and other + Gnome applications to determine file type of a given + file. The most common and simplest way of doing this is by + matching the filename extension: for example, extension + pdf is used for files of type + application/pdf. + + + + + NOTE FOR ADVANCED USERS + + In fact, Gnome File Manager can also use more elaborate + methods of determining file type than just matching the + extensions. Advanced users who want to know more + about this should take a look at the file + PREFIX/mime-info/gnome-vfs.mime, where + PREFIX=/usr/share or + /usr/local/share depending on your + system's configuration. + + + + + Editing a file type + + By far the most common type of editing a file type is changing + the default action associated with a given file type. To do so: + + + + Click on the file type in the list. + + + Select the type of default action + (Use Viewer or Open with + Application) + + + Select the application/viewer you want to be + the default from the drop-down list. If you don't see an + application you want in this list, click on the + Edit List button. It will show you + the list of all application which are currently included + in the pop-up menu for this file type. Now click on + Add application button and enter + the application name (e.g., Gnome PS + viewer) and command used to launch this + application (e.g., ggv). + + + + You can also change other properties of a file type: + + + + To change the icon used by a file type, click on the + Change icon button. + + + + To change file type description, just click + inside the text field containing description and edit + it. + + + To edit the list of extensions associated + with a file type, click on the Change file + extensions button. This will produce a window + showing the list of file extensions currently associated + with this file type. To remove an extension from the list, + select it with the mouse and then click + Remove button. To add a new + extension, click on Add button and + enter the new extension in the appearing dialog. Do not type + the leading dot: if you want to add extension + pdf, you should type in + pdf, not .pdf. + + + + + To edit the list of applications associated with the file + type (these applications appear in the menu when you right-click + on the file of this type in the File Manager and select + Open with), click on the + Edit List button. This will show + the list of all applications associated with this file + type. You can remove any of the applications from the + list, edit an existing application (this allows you to + cahnge the name under which this application appears in + the menu and the command used to launch this application), + or add a new application. Instead of removing of + application from the list, you can also temporarily + disable it by unchecking it in the list. Such a disabled + application will not be shown in the menu for the files of + this type. + + + + + + Adding and deleting file types + + To delete a file type, select it in the file type list and + press Delete this Mime type button. To + add a new file type, press Add new Mime + type button. You will be prompted to enter the + file type name and description. It is strongly advised that + you follow the MIME standard: file type name should be of the + form type/subtype, where + type is one of the following five + standard types: text, + audio,image, + video, or + application (the last one should be + used if none of the first four are suitable). + + After you have entered the file type name and description, the + new file type is added to the list. Now you can select it in + the list and choose an icon, file extensions and default + action for this file type as described in . + + + + + + Restoring system defaults + + If you (or someone else) did something wrong in this capplet, + you can discard all your changes and + restore the system default values for all the settings + controlled by this capplet (i.e., file types, default actions, + icons, etc). To do so, click on Revert to system + defaults button. Note that this will erase all + your changes; you can not "undo" this action. + + + + + + + + + + Launch feedback + + This capplet allows you configure application launch feedback, + i.e. indicators which tell you that a program is being + loaded. Such indicators, which can take a number of forms (i.e., + an hourglass icon next to mouse cursor or a blinking star) come + to life the moment you click on the application launch button or + select it in the menu and stay on until the application actually + starts or until specified time has passed. These indicators can + be very useful in cases when an application takes a long time to + start: without them, you would never know whether the + application is just taking a long time to start, or something + went wrong (e.g., it has crashed at startup, or you maybe you + didn't click on that button at all). + +
+ The Launch Feedback capplet + + The Launch Feedback capplet + + + +
+ + + Enabled indicators + + + In this section, you can select what launch indicators should be + enabled. You can select more than one; you can also disable all + of them if you want to. + + + + Tasklist (invisible window) + + + This is the default selection. This option adds to the + list of windows in your taskbar the window with the name + of the application being started and with hourglass icon + next to it. (This will only work if your taskbar is + configured to show normal. i.e. non-iconified + applications.) + + + + + Hourglass mouse cursor + + + This option will put an hourglass icon next to the mouse + cursor. It doesn't affect mouse opertaions: you can still + use the mouse for clicking and dragging. + + + + + Splashscreen + + + This option puts a small window saying Starting + (Application Name) in the middle of your screen + + + + + Animated star + + + This option put a small yellow blinking star in the upper + left corner of your screen. + + + + + + + + Miscellaneous + + + Timeout + + This parameter specifies maximal time the + indicators can be on; after this, the indicators will + disappear even if the application has not yet started. + + + + + Do not distinguish between windows + (compatibility mode) + + This option controls the behavior of the indicators when + you are launching several applications simultaneosly (or + in quick succession). Since this is not a very common + situation, new users may skip this section. + + + If this section is disabled (which is the default), the + indicators will track each of the applications you are + launching separately, and the indicators will stay on + until all the applications have started. This is + the right thing to do. Unfortunately, in + some (rare) cases it can also cause problems, sometimes + even leading to system crash. In such situations, you + should enable this option. + + + If this option is enabled, the indicators will work + in a more primitive (but safer) way. Namely, they will + go away as soon as the first of the applications you are + launching starts. + + + + + + + + + + + Multimedia + + The Multimedia capplet provides control over sound and other Gnome + multimedia functions. + + + Sound + + The Sound capplet allows you to set the system sounds for + your Gnome session. It contains two tabs, + General and Sound + Events. + + + General Tab - At this point you have + two options to choose from in the + General tab, enabling sound for Gnome + and for events. If you select Enable sound server + startup you will make sure that Gnome's sound + engine (ESD) will be launched when you start Gnome. ESD is + used by all Gnome applications that produce sound, so if you + want to hear any sound from Gnome applications you should + enable this option. + + + NOTE + Some non-Gnome applications do not work well with + ESD. So if you do not hear any sounds from your favorite + xgalaga game or get error messages + like Device /dev/dsp busy, you should + temporarily suspend ESD. You can do this using + Sound Monitor applet. + + + + Sound for events will enable sounds + accompanying various "events", such as closing a window or + an error message. You can select sounds associted with + various events in the Sound Events tab + when those events occur. With these two items enabled, Gnome + will remember your sound settings whenever you log in or + out. + +
+ The Gnome Sound Capplet + + The Gnome Sound Capplet + + + +
+ + Sound Events Tab - This tab allows you + to control the sounds made by various programs and events in + Gnome. + + + To change the sound associated with a Gnome event, select + the event from the hierarchical list on the left and press + the Browse button to find a sound file + on your system (file must be in wav + format). Press the Play button to test + the sound. + +
+ The Gnome Sound Capplet + + The Gnome Sound Capplet + + + +
+ + + + + + + Peripherals + + + Gnome Control Center + Peripherals + + The capplets in this section of the Control Center will help + you configure devices such as keyboard and + mouse. You may also have other peripheral devices + that have capplets provided for the Gnome Control + Center. Please refer to the documentation provided by any + other peripheral capplet you might have. + + + The Keyboard Properties Capplet + + + Gnome Control Center + Keyboard + + There are currently three settings for the keyboard in this + capplet. You may change the properties of + Auto-repeat, the Keyboard + Click, and the Keyboard Bell. + + + Auto-repeat enables you to hold a key down + and have it repeat the character at the rate and delay you set + in this capplet. + + + Keyboard Click enables a small click + sound to play at each key press. If enabled you may change the + volume to your preference. + + + The Keyboard Bell section allows you to + change the bell sound that is produced by your CPU speaker + when a keyboard error or message is sent. + + + Volume changes the actual volume of the bell. + + + The pitch slider will change the pitch of the note that is + played. By default it is set to 440Hz, or the A above middle C. + + + Duration changes the length of time the + tone is played. + + + The Test button will allow you to hear + the current settings of your keyboard bell. + +
+ The Keyboard Properties Capplet + + The Keyboard Properties Capplet + + + +
+ + + The Mouse Properties Capplet + + + Gnome Control Center + Mouse + + The Mouse Properties capplet allows you to change between left + and right handed mouse buttons and to define the + Accelerations and + Threshold properties. + + + The Accelerations setting allows you to + change the speed the mouse moves across the screen in relation + to the movement of the mouse on your mouse pad. The + Threshold setting allows you to set the + speed at which you have to move your mouse before it starts + the acceleration speed you have defined in the + Acceleration setting. +
+ The Mouse Properties Capplet + + The Mouse Properties Capplet + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + Session + + The Session Group provides you methods of controlling various + items that occur with the startup of your Gnome Session. These + include session options, startup programs and startup hints. + + + Startup Hints + + Startup hint are short messages displayed when you login; + they contain tips on using Gnome and other bits of information + you may find useful. This capplet allows you to configure + these hints. + + + The Enable login hints checkbox allows + you to turn this feature on or off. + + + The Display normal hints checkbox will display a + group of hints on how to use Gnome. This is a good choice for new users + of Gnome. + + + The Display fortunes instead of hints + checkbox allows you to make use of the + fortune application which displays + various fortunes and sayings. Please refer to + the fortune documentation for how to set it up. + + + The Display message of the day instead of + hints checkbox will message of the day to be + displayed instead of hints or fortunes. The Message + of the day file to use text box allows you to + select the text file that will be used as the message. This is + a good choice for system administrators to use to inform many + users of daily news. + +
+ Startup Hints Capplet + + Startup Hints Capplet + + + +
+ + + Session Options and Startup Programs + + The Session Options and Startup Programs capplet allows you to + control what programs are started at login time. Gnome + has the concept of session management. In simple terms, it + means that you can save your session (that is, + information about currently working applications, their status + and position on the screen) at any stage, and at your next + login the same applications will reappear on your screen in + the same positions, allowing you to continue your work. Note, + however, this only works for Gnome compliant applications. + + + Gnome also provides another way of starting applications at + login. You can explicitly specify one or more commands to + run, and Gnome will execute them at login in addition to the + applications from your saved session. This works for all + kinds of applications, whether Gnome compliant or not. + + + Session Options and Startup Programs capplet allows you to configure + all of these options, as described below. + +
+ Session Options Capplet + + Session Options Capplet + + + +
+ + + + Show splash screen on login + + + + This option controls whether the splash screen should be + shown at startup. It does nothing useful, but is an eye + candy, so why not? + + + + + Prompt on logout + + + + If this option is enabled, a confirmation dialog will + appear at logout. Among other things, this dialog provides + checkbox Save current setup (unless + you have set the checkbox Automatically save + session, see below). If you check this box, + the current session will be saved and will be restored at + your next login. Otherwise, the previous saved session + will be used. + + + + + Automatically save session + + + + This option determines whether your current session will + be automatically saved at logout time or not. Note that + you can also manually save your session at any time by + selecting + + Settings + Session + Save Current Session + from the Main Menu. + + + + + Choose Current Session + + + + This section allows you to configure more complicated + features of session management. These features are + currently being developed and should be used by advanced + users only. + + + Gnome allows you to define several sessions. For + example, you could have session + Work in which you are using office + applications such as Gnumeric + spreadsheet, and another session + Net in which you have + Netscape, + X-Chat (IRC chat client) and + Evolution mail client + open. This way, you can keep the setups (i.e., + information about open applications and their position + on screen) for work and for net surfing separate, + making it easy to switch from one to + another. Unfortunately, at the moment the only way to + switch from one session to another is by using command + gnome-session + . + In the future, an easier way of + switching will be provided. + + + In this part of Session Properties capplet you can + explicitly specify under which session name you current + setup should be saved, but a save won't occur until you + specifically do so. Here, you can also create new + sessions, edit and delete existing sessions. + + + To add a new session, press the Add + button and enter in a new session name. This name must be + different from existing session names. + + + To edit an existing session name, highlight the session + name you wish to edit, press the Edit button + and edit the existing session name. The new name must be + different from existing session names. + + + To delete an existing session name, highlight the session + name you wish to delete, press the Delete + button. + + + + +
+ Startup Programs Capplet + + Startup Programs Capplet + + + +
+ + + + Non-session managed startup programs + — In this section, you can explicitly specify the + commands that should be executed during login. This is + mostly used for programs that are not + Gnome-compatible. For Gnome applications, it is easier + just to leave them running and then save your session at + logout — this will ensure that they will be + restarted at your next login. + + To add a new command, press + Add button and enter the command to + run in the appearing dialog window. For example, if you want + Netscape to start every time + you login, just enter netscape in the + Startup command field. + + You can also specify priority, which determines the + order in which the programs will be started: programs with + lower values are started before the ones with higher + values. The default value is 50, which means that the + program will be started after all core Gnome + components. Unless you know what you are doing, it is better + to use this default value. + + + You can also edit or remove previously entered programs using + Edit... and + Remove... buttons. + + + + + Browse currently running programs — + This button will launch Session + properties dialog which shows the state of your + current Gnome session — in other words, which + programs are currently running, their status, priorities, + and more. It can also be used to remove one of the core + Gnome programs, such as Panel, from your session, thus + making sure that it won't be started next time you + login. + + + +
+ Session Properties Manager + + Screenshot of the session properties manager. + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + User Interface + + + Gnome Control Center + User Interface Options + + The User Interface Options allows you to change the appearance + of applications that are Gnome compliant. You may recognize these + applications as ones that are pre-installed with Gnome or ones that say + they are built with GTK (the GIMP Toolkit). + + Application + + + Gnome Control Center + Application Defaults + + The Application Defaults capplet allows you to change certain + user interface aspects of your Gnome compliant applications. + + + IMPORTANT + + Although this capplet gives you great control over the look + and feel of your applications you should consider these tools + for advanced use only. + + + + + + Can detach and move menubars — By + default menubars in Gnome applications may be dragged + from their usual location and placed anywhere within the + application or desktop. If you do not wish to use this + feature you may turn it off. + + + + + Menus have relieved borders — By + default menubars have relieved borders. If you do not + like this look you may turn this feature off. + + + + + Submenus can be torn off — This + allows the submenus to have the perforated line which + allows you to "tear" them off an have them as a small + movable window. + + + + + Menu items have icons — Some menu + items in applications will have icons. If you wish not + to see these icons in applications that use them you may + turn off this feature. + + + + + Statusbar is interactive when + possible — Some applications can have the + status bar at the bottom become separated into its own + window. If you would like to have those applications + separate the status bar into another window you may turn + on this option. + + + + + Statusbar progress meter on right — + Some applications have progress meters in their + statusbars. By default these progress meters are on the + right side of the statusbar. If you wish them to be on + the left you may turn off this feature. + + + + + Can detach and move toolbars — By + default toolbars in Gnome applications may be dragged + from their usual location and placed anywhere within the + application or desktop. If you do not wish to use this + feature, you may turn it off. + + + + + Toolbars have relieved border — By + default toolbars have relieved borders. If you do not + like this look you may turn this feature off. + + + + + Toolbar buttons have relieved + border — By default toolbar buttons do not + have relieved borders in their natural state. They do, + however, change when the mouse is over them. If you wish + them to be relieved at all times you may turn on this + feature. + + + + + Toolbars have line separators — By + default toolbar buttons have small line separators + between them. If you do not wish to have the line + separators you may turn this feature off. + + + + + Toolbars have text labels — By + default toolbar buttons have images and text to identify + them. If you are familiar with the buttons and do not + need the text you may turn on this feature. + + + +
+ Applications Defaults Capplet + + Dialog Capplet + + + +
+ + Dialogs + + + Gnome Control Center + Dialogs + + The Dialogs Capplet will allow you to change the default settings for + dialog boxes in Gnome compliant applications. A dialog box is a + window that is launched by an application to help perform a task + needed by that application. An example of a dialog box is a Print + dialog which appears when you press a print button. The dialog allows + you to set print options and start the print process. The Dialogs + capplet will allow you to change the following options. + + + + IMPORTANT + + Although this capplet gives you great control over the look + and feel of your applications you should consider these tools + for advanced use only. + + + + Dialog buttons — Choose to use the + default buttons, buttons more spread out, put buttons on the + edges, put the buttons on the left with left-justify, and + put buttons on the right with right-justify. + + + Dialog buttons have icons — Some + dialog buttons (for example OK) can + have icons on them. By default the applications which + provide this have the icons turned on. If you wish not to + see them you may turn off this feature. + + + Use statusbar instead of dialog when + possible — You may tell applications to use the + statusbar instead of a dialog if the application will allow + it. This will only work with dialogs that provide + information not one that require some interaction on your + part. + + + Dialog position — This will let you + choose how the dialogs appear when launched. You can let the + window manager decide for you (or how you have defined it in + the window manager configuration), center the dialogs on the + screen, or drop them where the mouse pointer is when they + are launched. + + + Dialog hints — This will let you change + the behavior of the dialog hints which are the tooltips that + appear when you move your mouse button over a button or part + of the dialog. You may choose to have hints handled like + other windows, or let the window manager decide how to + display them. + + + Place dialogs over application window when + possible — You may choose to place dialog over + the applications when possible which will help you keep your + windows organized on your screen If you are familiar with + other operating systems you may wish to keep this selected + as this is how most operating systems handle dialogs. + +
+ Dialog Capplet + + Dialog Capplet + + + +
+ + + MDI + + + Gnome Control Center + MDI + + The MDI capplet allows you to change the MDI mode for Gnome + applications. MDI stands for Multiple Document Interface + and refers to the way more than one document is displayed in + Gnome applications. + + + IMPORTANT + + Although this capplet gives you great control over the + look and feel of your applications you should consider + these tools for advanced use only. + + + + The default style in Gnome-compliant applications for MDI is + usually tabs or notebook: it looks like an + address book, your documents are leaves of + this notebook, and you switch between them by using the + tabs. If you do not like + the tab look you may change it here. + + + Default MDI Mode — In addition to + Notebook, you will find + Toplevel and + Modal. Notebook is the + default tab look described above; + Toplevel displays only the active + document on the top view until it is closed and + Modal has only one toplevel which can + contain any of the documents at any one time, however only + one can be displayed. If you have ever used + Emacs, Modal + is very similar to the way Emacs + handles buffers. + + + MDI notebook tab position — If + you choose to use the Notebook style + you may then decide where you want the tabs to appear in + your applications. You may have them at the top, left, + right, or bottom of your application. Keep in mind that + these choices will affect only applications that are Gnome + compliant. + +
+ MDI Capplet + + MDI Capplet + + + +
+ + + + + + + + Authors + + Gnome Control Center was written by + Jonathan Blandford (jrb@redhat.com). Please send + all comments, suggestions, and bug reports to the Gnome bug tracking + database. (Instructions for submitting bug reports can + be found on-line.) You can also use Bug + Report Tool (bug-buddy), + available in the Utilities submenu of + Main Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + + This manual was written by Dave Mason + (dcm@redhat.com) and Alexander Kirillov + (kirillov@math.sunsyb.edu) with some help from other members + of Gnome Documentation Project. Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the Gnome Documentation + Project by sending an email to + docs@gnome.org. You can also add your comments + online by using the Gnome + Documentation Status Table. + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gpl-appendix.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gpl-appendix.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b4ea11 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gpl-appendix.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,432 @@ + + GNU General Public License + + 2000 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + + +
Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, + Boston, + MA 02111-1307 + USA +
. + + + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + + Version 2, June 1991 + + + + + + + + + + Preamble + + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your + freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public + License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change + free software - to make sure the software is free for all its users. + This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software + Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit + to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered + by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it + to your programs, too. + + + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. + Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the + freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this + service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you + want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free + programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone + to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These + restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute + copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or + for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You + must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you + must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + + + We protect your rights with two steps: + + + + + copyright the software, and + + + + + offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, + distribute and/or modify the software. + + + + + + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that + everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If + the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its + recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any + problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' + reputations. + + + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. + We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will + individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program + proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be + licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification + follow. + + + + + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + + Section 0 + + This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice + placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms + of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such + program or work, and a work based on the Program means either + the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a + work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with + modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation + is included without limitation in the term modification.) Each + licensee is addressed as you. + + + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by + this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not + restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents + constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running + the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + + + + Section 1 + + You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you + receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately + publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; + keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any + warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License + along with the Program. + + + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at + your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + + + + Section 2 + + You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus + forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications + or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided + that you also meet all of these conditions: + + + + + You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that + you changed the files and the date of any change. + + + + + You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or + in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be + licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of + this License. + + + + + If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you + must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most + ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate + copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying + that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program + under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. + + + Exception: + + If the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an + announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an + announcement.) + + + + + + + + + + These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections + of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered + independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, + do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when + you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the + Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose + permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and + every part regardless of who wrote it. + + + + Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights + to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control + the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. + + + + In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program + (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium + does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. + + + + + Section 3 + + + You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under + Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of + Sections 1 and 2 above provided that + you also do one of the following: + + + + + Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which + must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + + + + Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any + third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source + distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, + to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily + used for software interchange; or, + + + + + Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute + corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial + distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form + with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + + + + + + + The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications + to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules + it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control + compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source + code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or + binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system + on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. + + + + If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a + designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place + counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to + copy the source along with the object code. + + + + + Section 4 + + + You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided + under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the + Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, + parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their + licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + + + + + Section 5 + + + You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing + else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. + These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying + or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance + of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or + modifying the Program or works based on it. + + + + + Section 6 + + + Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient + automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify + the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions + on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing + compliance by third parties to this License. + + + + + Section 7 + + + If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other + reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, + agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you + from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously + your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence + you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit + royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or + indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be + to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + + + + If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, + the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply + in other circumstances. + + + + It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property + right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of + protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public + license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software + distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up + to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other + system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. + + + + This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the + rest of this License. + + + + + Section 8 + + + If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents + or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License + may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that + distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License + incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + + + + Section 9 + + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License + from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ + in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of + this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms + and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software + Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any + version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + + + + Section 10 + + + If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution + conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted + by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions + for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all + derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + + + + NO WARRANTY + Section 11 + + + BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT + PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR + OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, + INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE + PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + + + + Section 12 + + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR + ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU + FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE + USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED + INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH + ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH + DAMAGES. + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/nautilus-user-manual.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/nautilus-user-manual.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ff2085 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/nautilus-user-manual.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,3814 @@ + + Nautilus User Manual + v1.0 + + + Vera + Horiuchi + + + + vera@eazel.com + + + + + + + + + + + + + This is version 1.0.2 of the Nautilus User's Manual. + + + + + + + + + + + Introducing Nautilus + + + Nautilus is a core component of the GNOME desktop + environment. Nautilus provides an easy way to view, manage, and + customize your own files and folders, as well as browse the Web. + + + + Nautilus integrates your access to files, applications, media, + Internet-based resources, and the Web, making it easy and fast for + you to locate and use all the resources available to you. + + + + The Nautilus Window + +
+ The Nautilus Window + + Diagram of Nautilus + + + +
+ + + + Menu Bar + + + + The eight menus contain options for most file- and folder- + management tasks and let you personalize your view of all the + applications, folders, and files on your hard disk. The + preferences menu, represented by the symbol to the right of the + Help menu, lets you specify your level of Linux and GNOME + experience. + + + + + Toolbar + + + + The toolbar lets you use a single click for browsing and searching + your computer's directories as well as locations on the Web. Click + the Services button for quick access to Eazel Services, a suite of + services specially designed to address the needs of Linux users. + + + + + Location Bar + + + + Use the location bar to enter path names, Web addresses (URLs), or + other types of addresses. The pop-up menu on the right end of the + bar lets you choose various views - for instance, View as Icons + or View as List. Click the + and - signs to enlarge or reduce + icon or list view. Click the magnifying glass to return to original + size. (If you've changed your theme, the magnifying glass may be + replaced by another symbol.) + + + + + Sidebar + + + + The sidebar displays information about the current file or + folder. Each of the four tabs at the bottom of the sidebar provide + additional information or help: + + + + + + + The Tree tab displays the tree, a hierarchical view of your + computer's organization of folders and files. + + + + + + The History tab lists the path names or addresses of locations + you've previously visited. + + + + + + The Help tab gives you quick access to information resources - + manuals, GNOME info pages, Linux man pages, and more. + + + + + + The Notes tab provides a space where you can jot notes about the + current folder. + + + + + + + Note: If your user level is set to Beginner or if you've changed + your sidebar preferences, you may not see all four sidebar + tabs. + + + + + Status Bar + + + + The status bar contains information about menu items. To see an + explanation for a menu item, point to it and read the status bar + text. + + + + + Main Panel + + + + The main panel in the Nautilus window is where you do most of your + browsing. Files, folders, and applications are displayed + here. You have several options for modifying and customizing your + views. + + + + The Nautilus Desktop + + + The desktop is the background area of your screen. If Nautilus was + pre-installed on your GNOME system, Nautilus draws the + desktop. The desktop on your computer can look like your physical + desktop - it can be full of folders, icons, and works in progress, + or it can be clear. Nautilus lets you organize it the way + you want. + + + + If Nautilus doesn't already draw the desktop on your system, do + this: + + + + + + + Open the preferences menu (shown below) and choose + Preferences. + + + + + + In the Desktop section, select "Use Nautilus to draw the + desktop." + + + + + Click OK. + + + + + +
+ The Preferences Menu + + Screenshot of Preferences Menu + + + +
+ + + Initially, the desktop contains three items: a house icon that + represents your home location, an Eazel Services icon that takes + you to Eazel's Web site, and a Trash icon. + + + + You can create folders on the desktop or drag additional files + and folders from the Nautilus window to the desktop. For instance, + you can create a folder that contains your current projects and + keep it on the desktop for easy access. You also mount disks (such + as floppies or CD-ROMs) on the desktop. + + + + To see the options for using your desktop space, right-click + anywhere on the desktop (outside a window). + + + + + + + + Setting Nautilus to Start Automatically + + + You can adjust your GNOME settings so Nautilus starts + automatically whenever you start GNOME. Follow these steps: + + + + + + + Make sure Nautilus is running. You should see the Nautilus + desktop or an open Nautilus window. + + + + + + Log out of GNOME (open the GNOME Main Menu and choose Log out). + + + + + + In the Log out dialog box, click the "Save current setup" checkbox. + + + + + + Proceed to log out. The next time you log into GNOME, Nautilus + will start automatically. + + + + + + + To stop Nautilus from launching automatically: + + + + + + + Open the GNOME Main Menu (footprint) and choose + Programs + Settings + SessionStartup + Programs. (The menu option may be + Session Properties and Startup Programs.) + + + + + + The GNOME Control Center opens in the Session Properties and + Startup Programs section. If you see a Startup Programs tab, + click it. + + + + + + Click the Browse Currently Running Programs button. + + + + + + In the list of programs, locate and select "nautilus." + + + + + + Click Remove. + + + + + + Make sure the checkbox labeled "Automatically save changes to + session" is enabled. (If your GNOME Control Center window has + tabs, this checkbox is under the Session Options tab.) + + + + + + Click OK. + + + + + + + + + + + About Nautilus + + + Nautilus is developed by Eazel, a founding member of the GNOME + Foundation, with the help of the GNOME community. Nautilus is a + free software project developed under the GNU General Public + License (GPL). + + + + + + + + + + + Navigating Your Computer and the Internet + + + This section explains how to use Nautilus to keep track of the + folders and files on your machine, as well as browse Web pages on + the Internet. + + + + + Viewing Your Home Folder + + + When you first launch Nautilus, you'll see your home folder in the + Nautilus window. Three areas of the Nautilus window contain + information about your folder: + + + + + The location bar, which contains your + folder's path name + + + + + The sidebar, which contains a folder icon + representing your folder + + + + + The main panel, where you see icons + representing the items in your folder + + +
+ Location Bar, Sidebar, and Main Panel + + Diagram of Nautilus + + + +
+ + + Your home folder also appears on your desktop, represented by a + house icon. Double-clicking the house icon opens a new Nautilus + window with your home folder displayed. + + + + Note about the home folder: Depending on your user-level setting, + your home folder may be the default Nautilus home folder, which + contains basic information about your computer and pointers to + some useful applications, or the home folder defined for you in + your Linux settings (normally /home/your_name). + + + + + + + Navigating Your Files and Folders + + + You can move among your folders by using the navigation buttons + in the toolbar and the icons in the Nautilus window. + + + + Try this + + Using your home folder as a reference point, navigate your hard + disk: + + + + + + + To view your home folder, click the Home button. + + + + + + To move to the folder that contains your home folder - that is, + to move one folder up in the hierarchy - click the Up button. + + + + + + To return to the home folder, click the Back button. + + + + + + To view the contents of any folder, double-click its + icon (normally a folder icon). + + + + + + If you think that the contents of a folder have changed while + you've been viewing it, click the Refresh button to update the + information. + + + + + + To stop an item from loading, click the Stop button. + + + + + + + + + + + The Tree + + + You can get an overview of all of your computer's files and + folders by using the tree. Many people find using the tree to + navigate faster than selecting and opening folders. + + + + To see the tree, click the Tree tab at the bottom of the + sidebar. Click the tab again to put the tree away. + + + + If you don't see the Tree tab, right-click the sidebar and choose + Tree. + + + + The starting point - the top of the tree - is the root directory, + represented by a slash (/). Click the disclosure triangle next to + the root directory to open or close the list of all your + computer's folders and files. The items on your computer are + arranged hierarchically. The root directory may list network + locations in addition to locations on your computer. (Note: In + addition to the root directory identified by a /, there is a + directory named root.) + + + + Try this + + Open and close a folder in the tree: + + + + + + + To open or close a folder in the tree, click its + triangle. + + + + + + To display the contents of a folder in the main panel, + click the folder's name in the tree. + + + + + + + + + + + Viewing and Opening Files + + Icon and List Views + + + The first time you launch Nautilus, you see folders and files + represented as icons. This is the icon view. + + + + Try this + + Look at your files and folders in two views: + + + + + + + To see the contents of a folder as a list, click the View as + pop-up menu and choose View as List. + + + + + + To sort the items displayed in list view, click the + column headers (Name, Size, Type, and Date + Modified). + + + + + + To return to icon view, open the View as pop-up menu and choose + View as Icons. + + + + + + To sort the items in icon view, open the View menu, choose Lay + Out Items, and then choose a layout option. (For more about the + layout options, see Choosing File + Layouts.) + + + + + + +
+ The View as Pop-up Menu + + Screenshot of view menu + + + +
+ + + Zooming In or Out + + + + You can enlarge or reduce the size of items in either list or + icon view and stretch individual icons in icon view. + + + + Try this + + Enlarge and reduce icons in either icon view or list view: + + + + + + + To enlarge or reduce all the icons simultaneously, + click the plus (+) and minus (-) symbols in the location + bar. + + + + + + To return them to their original size, click the + symbol between the - and + symbols (normally a magnifying + glass). + + + + + + + + Try this + + Stretch an icon in icon view: + + + + + + + Click to select the icon you want to stretch. + + + + + + Open the Edit menu and choose Stretch Icon. A box appears around + the icon, with "handles" in each + corner. + + + + + + Click and drag the handles to resize the icon. To cancel the + stretch, press the Escape key. + + + + + + To remove the stretching handles, click away from the icon. + + + + + + + + To return an icon to its original size, select the icon; then + open the Edit menu and choose Restore Icon's Original Size. + + + + Previewing Files in Icon View + + + + You can preview many files in the Nautilus window just by + looking at their icons in the main panel - you don't need to open the + files. + + + + + + + Text files: The icons for most text files display the files' + first few words or lines of text. If you enlarge a text file's + icon by zooming or stretching, you can see more of the + text. + + + + + + Image files: The icons for most image files appear as thumbnails + - small versions of the image. + + + + + + Music files: You can preview common types of music files by + positioning the mouse pointer over the icons. Music plays as + long as the pointer is over a music file's + icon. + + + + + + + Using Nautilus as a Viewer + + + + You can use the Nautilus window to look at a file's contents + without opening it for editing in an application. Using a viewer + instead of opening an application can save time and memory. + + + + Most text files automatically appear in the Nautilus window when + you double-click their icons. However, some files open + automatically in their applications. For such files, right-click + the icon and choose Open With. Then choose the appropriate + viewer. + + + + Note: You can control which viewer or application an individual + file automatically opens in. See Choosing + Applications to Handle Files. + + + + Here are some of the file types for which the Nautilus window can + act as a viewer: + + + + + + + + Text + ASCII text, HTML + + + Image GIF (without + animation), JPEG, PNG, SVG (without interactive features), + XPM + + + Music AIFF, MP3 (for + MP3 files located on your hard disk), RIFF, WAV + + + + + + + + Opening Individual Files + + + + You can open files in Nautilus in several ways: + + + + + + + Double-click the file's icon (unless you've changed + your preference so that a single click activates items). + + + + + + Click the file's icon, open the File menu, and choose Open or + Open With. + + + + + + Right-click the file's icon, and choose Open or one of the Open + With options. + + + + + + Click the file's icon, and press the Enter key. + + + + + + + Note: If the application you want to use is not listed when you + choose Open With, you can add the application to the list. See + Choosing Applications to Handle Files. + + + + + + + Viewing and Playing MP3 Files + + + Nautilus provides a special set of features to help you enjoy your + MP3 files. Using the View as Music option, you can set up a folder + of MP3 files as an album containing tracks of your choice and + represented by an album cover (custom image) that you + specify. + + + + Try this + + Use your collection of MP3 files to create a custom music album: + + + + + + + Go to the folder containing your MP3 files. + + + + + + Click the View as pop-up menu and choose View as Music. + + + + + + +
+ The View as Pop-up Menu + + Screenshot of View Menu + + + +
+ + + Only the MP3 files in your folder are visible in this view. For + each file, you see a listing of titles, artists, bit rates, and + playing times. + + + + To begin playing the tracks in your album, click the music + player's play button. The selected track begins to play; when it + has finished, the next track begins playing automatically. You can + also double-click a file to play it. + + +
+ The Music Player + + Screenshot of Music Player + + + +
+ + + + Play button + + + + + Pause button + + + + + Stop button + + + + + To rewind or fast forward, drag the slider. + + + + If you wish, you can choose a cover image to be displayed for your + music folder: + + + + + + + Go to the folder containing your MP3 + files. + + + + + + Click the View as pop-up menu and choose View as Music. + + + + + + Click the Set Cover Image button in the bottom right corner of + the Nautilus window. + + + + + + Browse to find the graphic you want to use; then + select it. + + + + + + Click OK. + + + + + + + + + + Mounting Floppy Disks and CD-ROMs + + + If you have a disk in a CD-ROM or floppy drive, you can mount it + from the desktop. Do this: + + + + + + + Make sure the disk is in the drive. + + + + + + Right-click anywhere on the desktop (outside a window) and + choose Disks + Floppy or + Disks + CD-ROM from the pop-up + menu. + + + + + + + + + + Navigating the Internet + + + You can use Nautilus as a browser for viewing Web pages and FTP + sites. + + + + To view a Web page, type its Web address (URL) in the Location + bar. + + + + Try this + + Connect to Eazel's Web site by typing eazel.com in the location + bar, and pressing Enter. It's not necessary to type http: or www. + + + +
+ The Location Bar + + Screenshot of Location Bar + + + +
+ + + When you're viewing a Web page, Nautilus gives you additional + browser choices in case you want to use a full-featured Web + browser. To select a different browser, click one of the buttons in + the sidebar. + + + + + + + + + Viewing Your Navigation History + + + When you navigate your computer or the Internet, you may want to + return to a page, file, or folder you've previously viewed. + + + + You can view your navigation history in three ways: + + + + + + + Look at the bottom section of the Go menu to see a list of the + things you've viewed during the current session. + + + + + + Click the History tab at the bottom of the sidebar. (To put the + History tab away, click the tab again.) + + + + + + Right-click the Back or Forward button. + + + + + + + You can have Nautilus clear the list of locations you've + previously visited. This removes the previous locations listed in + the Go menu, the History tab, and under the Back and Forward + buttons. + + + + To clear the list of previously visited locations: + + + + + + Open the Go menu and choose Forget History. + + + + + + + + + Bookmarking Your Favorite Locations + + + You will probably discover that you frequently visit certain + locations - Web pages, folders on your computer, and favorite + photos or text files. You can bookmark these items in Nautilus, so + that you can return to them easily. + + + + Creating a Bookmark + + + + To bookmark an item: + + + + + + + Go to the item you want to bookmark. For example, go to + http://www.happypenguin.org. + + + + + + Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Add Bookmark. + + + + + + To use your bookmark, open the Bookmarks menu and choose your + bookmark from the bottom of the menu. + + + + + + + Using the Built-In Bookmarks + + + + Nautilus comes with some built-in bookmarks arranged in folders in + the middle part of the Bookmarks menu. They take you to the Web + sites of organizations and companies of interest to Linux + users. + + + + If your user level is set to Intermediate or Advanced, you can + turn off the built-in bookmarks: + + + + + + + Open the preferences menu and choose Preferences. + + + + + + In the left-hand column of the Preferences dialog box, click + Navigation. + + + + + + Select Don't include the built-in bookmarks in the Bookmarks + menu. + + + + + + Click OK. + + + + + +
+ The Preferences Menu + + Screenshot of Preferences Menu + + + +
+ + + Editing Your Bookmarks + + + + You can rename a bookmark, change its location, or remove it + altogether: + + + + + + + Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Edit Bookmarks. + + + + + + Select the bookmark you want to edit. + + + + + + Type a new name or location for the bookmark, or click Remove. + + + + + + When you're done editing bookmarks, close the dialog box. + + + + + + + + + + + + Searching Your Computer and the Internet + + + Nautilus provides a Find feature for locating files and directories + on your computer and a Web Search feature for finding Web pages. + + + + + Finding Items on Your Computer + + + When you search for items on your computer, you can use one + of these Nautilus search utilities: + + + + + + + Simple searches: If your user level is set to Beginner, Nautilus + performs a quick and easy search by file name. + + + + + + Complex searches: If your user level is set to Intermediate or + Advanced, Nautilus searches the files on your hard disk by file + name, creator, file type, and other attributes, as well as by + the actual content of files. + + + + + + + Fast Versus Slow Searches + + + + Nautilus uses Medusa, a daemon, which is a piece of software that + runs in the background. Medusa creates an index of all the items + on your hard disk and mounted volumes, including their names, + size, creation date, and other attributes. In addition, Medusa + indexes the actual content of each file - so + you can find any word or phrase in any file on your computer when + you search by content. + + + + Medusa runs when your computer is idle, so it doesn't disrupt your + activities. + + + + If Medusa has not finished indexing your system or is not running + on your computer, when you do a search you may see a message + letting you know that Nautilus can't perform a fast search. + + + + If you suspect that Medusa is not turned on, do this: + + + + + + + Open the preferences menu and choose Preferences. + + + + + + From the left column of the Preferences dialog box, choose + Search. + + + + + + In the Fast Search section, turn on "Enable fast search." + + + + + + Note: For Medusa to perform its indexing task, the crond + program must also be running. If you have turned off crond, Medusa + won't work. + + + + + + + Simple Searches + + + To find an item on your hard disk (Beginner user level): + + + + + + + Click the Find button in the toolbar. The location bar is + replaced by the find bar. + + + + + + Enter the name of the item you want to find in the Find field. + + + + + + Click Find Them. + + + + + + When you're done searching, click the Find button again to put + away the Find bar. + + + + + + + + + + Complex Searches + + + To find an item on your hard disk (Intermediate or Advanced user + level): + + + + + + + Click the Find button in the toolbar. + + + + + + From the two pop-up menus, choose criteria to define your + search. The options are explained below. + + + + + + (Optional) To further narrow your search, click More Options and + choose additional criteria. + + + + + + Enter the item you want to find - a particular file name, + modification date, and so forth - in the Find field. + + + + + + Click Find Them. + + + + + + When you're done searching, click the Find button again to put + away the Find bar. + + + + + + + + + + + Search Category + Modifier + Search Field or List + + + + + Name: Nautilus searches the names of files on your hard + disk. + + + + Specify if the files should have names that contain, begin + with, or end with the characters you type. You can also + choose "matches glob" or "matches regexp" to do Linux + wildcard searches. + + + + Enter part or all of the file name you want to find. + + + + + + + + Content: Nautilus searches the content of files on your hard + disk. + + + + Specify if the files should have content that includes + all, any, some, or none of the word or phrase you type. + + + + Enter a word or phrase you want to search for in the content of + the files on your hard disk. + + + + + + + + Type: Nautilus searches for the file types you specify. + + + + Choose "is" or "is not" to include or exclude file types from + the search. + + + + Choose a file type from the pop-up menu. + + + + + + + Size + + + Specify if the files should be larger or smaller than + the number you type. + + + Type a size, in kilobytes. + + + + + + With Emblem + + + Specify if the files should be marked with, or not marked + with, a particular emblem. + + + Choose an emblem. + + + + + + Last Modified + + + Choose an option to narrow down the last modification date of + the files. + + + + Enter a date. The current date is filled in by default, but + you can delete it and type any date you want. + + + + + + + Owner + + + Choose "is" or "is not" to include or exclude files owned by a + particular user. + + + + Enter the name of a user who owns files on your + system. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Searching the Internet + + + To search for pages on the Web, click the Web Search button in the + toolbar. Eazel's Search page appears. Type the word or phrase for + which you want to search, and click Search. + + + + You can choose a search engine from the ones listed above the + Search box. For instance, choose Google by clicking the Google + link. + + + + If you like, you can set the Web Search button to take you to your + favorite Web search service: + + + + + + + Open the preferences menu and choose Preferences. + + + + + + In the left-hand portion of the Preferences dialog box, click + Search. + + + + + + In the Search Engines section, enter the Web address (URL) for + your favorite search service. + + + + + + Click OK. + + + + + +
+ The Preferences Menu + + Screenshot of Preferences Menu + + + +
+ + + + + + + Managing Your Files and Folders + + + This section explains how to use Nautilus to organize your files + and folders. + + + + + Moving and Copying Files and Folders + + + The easiest way to move a file or folder is to work with two + Nautilus windows. + + + + To move a file or folder to a new location, do this: + + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose New Window. You now have two + Nautilus windows. + + + + + + In one window, locate the file or folder you want to move. In + the other window, locate the destination + folder. + + + + + + Using the left mouse button, click the file or folder you want + to move and drag it to the other window. + + + + + + + Note: If your hard disk is divided into partitions (volumes), + dragging a file or folder from one partition to another copies the + file or folder instead of moving it. + + + + To copy a file or folder to a new folder while retaining the + original, do this: + + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose New Window. You now have two + Nautilus windows. + + + + + + In one window, locate the file or folder you want to copy. In + the other window, locate the destination + folder. + + + + + + Click and hold the right mouse button on the item; then drag it + to the destination folder. A pop-up menu appears. + + + + + + Choose Copy Here to place a copy of the item in the destination + folder. Choose Link Here to create a link to the item. + + + + + + + + + + Creating New Folders + + + You can create a new folder anywhere in the folder hierarchy on + your computer, as long as you have the appropriate permissions. + + + + Do this: + + + + + + + Go to the folder that will contain the new folder. + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose New Folder. + + + + + + + Nautilus creates a new folder inside the current folder. It has + the name untitled folder. You can rename + the new folder. + + + + + + + Files and Folders on the Desktop + + + You can treat the desktop as an extension of the Nautilus window + and move, copy, and create folders there. + + + + To move a file or folder to the desktop, use the left mouse button + to click and drag it to the desktop. You can put the file or + folder anywhere you like on the desktop. + + + + To put a copy of an item on the desktop or to create a link to it, + do this: + + + + + + + In the Nautilus window, locate the file or folder you want to + copy. + + + + + + Click and hold the right mouse button on the item; then drag it + to the desktop. A pop-up menu appears. + + + + + + Choose Copy Here to place a copy of the item on the + desktop. Choose Link Here to create a link to the item. + + + + + + + To create a new folder on the desktop, right-click anywhere on the + desktop (outside a window), and choose New Folder from the + pop-up menu. + + + + Tip: If you're working on the desktop and you want to open a + Nautilus window, right-click anywhere on the desktop and choose + New Window from the pop-up menu. + + + + + + + Duplicating Files and Folders + + + To duplicate an item, do this: + + + + + + + Click the icon of the item you want to duplicate. + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose Duplicate. + + + + + + + A copy of the item is added to the current folder. You can rename the new folder. + + + + Shortcut: In either icon or list view, right-click the item you + want to duplicate and choose Duplicate from the pop-up menu. + + + + + + + Renaming Files and Folders + + + To rename an item in icon view, do this: + + + + + + + Click the icon of the item you want to rename. + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose Rename. The icon label now has a + text box around it. + + + + + + Type a new name for the item, and press Return. + + + + + + + To rename an item in list view, do this: + + + + + + + Click to select the item you want to rename. + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose Show Properties. + + + + + + Type a new name for the item in the space provided in the Basic + tab. + + + + + + Close the dialog box. + + + + + + + Shortcut: In either icon or list view, right-click the item you + want to rename. In icon view, choose Rename from the context menu; + in list view, choose Show Properties. + + + + + + + Deleting Files and Folders + + + To delete an item, do this: + + + + + + + Click the icon of the item you want to delete. + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose Move to Trash. + + + + + + To empty the trash, open the File menu and choose Empty + Trash. (Empty the trash only if you're sure you want to + permanently delete the items in it!) + + + + + + + Shortcuts: In either icon or list view, right-click the item you + want to delete and choose Move to Trash from the pop-up menu. Or click + and drag the item to the Trash icon on the desktop. + + + + + + + Changing File Permissions + + + You can change permissions for folders and files you own. If + you're logged in as root (for experts only), you can change + permissions for any folders and files on your computer. + + + + + + + Click to select the item for which you want to change + permissions. + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose Show Properties. The Properties + dialog box opens for the file or folder you selected. + + + + + + Click the Permissions tab. + + + + + + From the File Group menu, choose the group that this file or + folder belongs to. + + + + + + In the table, click to put a checkmark under each type of + permission you want to grant. For instance, you might give the + owner and users in the group permission to read (view), write + (edit), and execute the file, and give others permission to read + the file but not write to it. + + + + + + When you are done managing permissions, close the dialog box. + + + + + + + Note: Execute is normally used only for programs and for folders + with directory listings that you wish to make available. + + + + + + + + + Customizing Nautilus + + + You can customize Nautilus in many ways so that its appearance and + behavior meet your needs and taste. This section explains how. + + + + + Setting Your User Level + + + When you first lanched Nautilus, you were asked to choose your + user level: Beginner, Intermediate, or Advanced. The user level + dictates the amount of detail you see while navigating your files + and folders: + + + + + + + Beginner: For users who have no previous experience + with Linux or GNOME. + + + + + + Intermediate: For users who have had some experience with Linux + or GNOME but don't want to see every detail of their + system. + + + + + + Advanced: For users who like to see every detail of + their system, including the ugly stuff. + + + + + + + To change your user level, open the preferences menu and choose + the level you want. + + +
+ The Preferences Menu + + Screenshot of Preferences Menu + + + +
+ + + One way to see the difference between the levels is to go to your + home directory and then compare what you see as you select each + level in turn. Be sure to return to the level with which you're + comfortable when you're done. + + + + + + + Setting Preferences + + + Several preference settings that you can adjust are located in the + Preferences dialog box. The available settings depend on your user + level - intermediate and advanced users have access to more + settings than beginners. + + + + The preference settings adjust the appearance of Nautilus, the + behavior of files and folders when you view and click them, the + type of searches performed when you click the Find or Web Search + buttons, and more. + + + + To open the Preferences dialog box use the preferences menu, + shown here. + + +
+ The Preferences Menu + + Screenshot of Preferences Menu + + + +
+ + + To customize preferences: + + + + + + + Open the preferences menu and choose Preferences. + + + + + + From the left column in the Preferences dialog box, choose the + type of settings you want to adjust (for instance, Icon & List Views). + + + + + + Adjust each group of settings as desired. + + + + + + When you are finished setting preferences, click + OK to close the window. + + + + + + + + + + Showing and Hiding Bars + + + The Nautilus window shows these bars by default: + + + + sidebar + toolbar + location bar + status bar (at the bottom of the window) + + + + You may want to hide one or more of these bars to save space on + your screen. + + + + To hide and show bars: + + + + + + + Open the View menu and click one of the options in the second + section. For instance, to hide the sidebar, click Hide Sidebar. + + + + + + To see the bar again, open the View menu and choose one of the + Show options. + + + + + + + Note: If you hide a bar in your Nautilus window and then open + another Nautilus window, the bar is not hidden in the new + window. To specify which bars should be hidden or displayed in new + windows: + + + + + + + Open the preferences menu (shown below) and choose Preferences. + + + + + + In the left column of the Preferences dialog box, click + Appearance. + + + + + + In the Views section, deselect any bars you want hidden in new + windows. + + + + + + Click OK to close the window. + + + + + +
+ The Preferences Menu + + Screenshot of Preferences Menu + + + +
+ + + + + Choosing File Layouts + + + File Layout in Icon View + + + + To change the layout of files you're viewing, open the View menu + and choose Lay Out Items. Then choose how you want the files + arranged. + + + + + + + + Manually + You can drag icons to arrange them as you like. + + + + By Name + The files appear alphabetically by name. + + + + By Size + Files are displayed from largest to smallest. + + + + By Type + + Files are arranged in groups, such as text, image, and + so on. All folders are grouped. + + + + + By Modification Date + The most recently modified files appear first. + + + + By Emblems + + If you've added emblems to icons, the files are grouped + according to emblems (files without emblems are at the + end). + + + + + Tighter Layout + Icons are closer together. + + + + Reversed Order + Reverses the order for the option you've chosen. + + + + + + + + File Layout in List View + + + + In list view, you can change the layout of files by clicking the + column headings. For instance, to arrange files by type, click the + Type column heading. Click again to reverse the order. + + + + See also Viewing and Opening + Files. + + + + + + + Changing Themes and Backgrounds + + + You can customize the decor of your Nautilus window by choosing an + overall theme and by changing the background color or image of + specific objects. + + + + Choosing a New Theme + + + + + + + Open the Edit menu and choose Nautilus Themes. + + + + + + Choose a theme. The appearance changes immediately, so you can + see how the theme looks. + + + + + + When you're finished, click Done. + + + + + + + Changing Backgrounds + + + + + + + Open the Edit menu and choose Backgrounds and Emblems. + + + + + + In the Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box, choose Patterns or + Colors. + + + + + + Drag a tile to a part of the Nautilus window. For instance, + change the color of the sidebar by dragging the yellow tile. To + restore the orginal setting, drag the Reset tile. + + + + + + When you're finished, click Done. + + + + + + + Note: The Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box also lets you drag + emblems to attach to individual + file and folder icons. + + + + Adding and Removing Custom Backgrounds + + + + If your user level is set to Intermediate or Advanced, you can add + and remove backgrounds and colors in the list of customization + choices. + + + + Any image file can be a background. To add a background to the + customization choices: + + + + + + + Open the Edit menu and choose Backgrounds and Emblems. + + + + + + In the Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box, choose Patterns + + + + + + Click Add a New Pattern. + + + + + + Locate the image file you want to add to the set of background + patterns. + + + + + + Select the image file and click OK. The image is added as a new + tile. + + + + + + + To add a new color to the background color choices: + + + + + + + Open the Edit menu and choose Backgrounds and Emblems. + + + + + + In the Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box, choose Colors. + + + + + + Click Add a New Color. + + + + + + On the color wheel, click the color you want to use and click + OK. + + + + + + Type a name for the color and click OK. The color is added as a + new tile. + + + + + + + To remove a custom pattern or color from the set of pattern and + color tiles: + + + + + + + Open the Edit menu and choose Backgrounds and Emblems. + + + + + + In the Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box, choose Patterns or + Colors. + + + + + + Click Remove a Pattern or Remove a Color. + + + + + + Any patterns or color tiles you have previously added are + displayed. Click the one you want to remove. + + + + + + Repeat steps 3 and 4 for any other pattern or color tiles you + want to remove. + + + + + + Click Done. + + + + + + + Note: If you remove a pattern or color tile that you have applied + as a background for an object, the object continues to display that + pattern or color. + + + + + + + Customizing Icons and Icon Captions + + + Icons appear with information in their captions - normally the + directory name and number of items for directories and the name + and size for files. If you zoom in for a closer look at icons, + more information appears. + + + + Customizing Icon Captions + + + + You can customize the information below icons - the icon + captions. Although the file name must always appear first, you can + specify which other information to show and change the order of + the information. + + + + + + + Open the Edit menu and choose Icon Captions. + + + + + + Click the first button and choose from the list. The information + you choose will be the first thing shown below an icon, after + the file name. + + + + + + Repeat step 2 for the second and third buttons. + + + + + + When you are done customizing icon captions, close the dialog + box. + + + + + + + Note: To see the entire icon caption, you may need to zoom in + (click the + symbol in the location bar). + + + + Customizing Icons + + + + You can change the icon for an individual folder or file, giving + it a custom icon: + + + + + + + Click the icon for the file or folder. + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose Show Properties. + + + + + + In the Properties dialog box, click Select Custom Icon. + + + + + + Find and select the image you want to use as a custom icon; then + click OK. + + + + + + Close the Properties dialog box. + + + + + + + You can also drag an image file to an icon you want to customize: + + + + + + + If you have a tab (Tree, Notes, History, or Help) open in the + sidebar, put it away so that you can see the icon you want + to customize. (To put away a tab, click it.) + + + + + + Double-click the item you want to customize so that its icon is + displayed in the sidebar. + + + + + + Drag an image to the icon. The image replaces the icon. + + + + + +
+ Creating a Custom Icon + + Screenshot of Custom Icon + + + +
+ + + Tip: You may want to work with two Nautilus windows when you + customize an icon. Open the File menu and choose New + Window. You can drag an image from one window to the icon + you're customizing. + + + + Adding Emblems to Icons + + + + Emblems let you tag individual files as Urgent, Favorite, and so + forth. To add an emblem to an icon: + + + + + + + Make sure that the folder or file to which you want to add an + emblem is visible in the Nautilus window. You can be in Icon or + List view. + + + + + + Open the Edit menu and choose Backgrounds and Emblems. + + + + + + In the Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box, choose Emblems. + + + + + + Select an emblem and drag it to the icon you want to + customize. To remove emblems, drag the Erase emblem to the icon. + + + + + + Click Done. + + + + + + + You can add as many emblems as you like. + + + + Try this + + Use emblems to organize your files. + + + + + Attach Oh No! or Urgent emblems to the files that need immediate + attention; then open the View menu and choose Lay Out Items By + Emblems. The files with emblems are displayed at the top in icon view + and first in list view. + + + + If you use emblems, you can also search by emblem. + + + + + + + Choosing a Desktop Background + + + You can change the color of your desktop, or give it new + "wallpaper." Do this: + + + + + + + Right-click anywhere on the desktop (outside a window), and + choose Change Desktop Background from the pop-up menu. The + GNOME Control Center opens with the Background Image section + displayed. + + + + + + To use an image as the background, choose an item from the + pop-up menu under Wallpaper or click Browse to find an image + file on your computer. + + + + + + If you're using an image as a background, choose the effect you + want: Tiled, Centered, Scaled, or Embossed Logo. Click Try to + see how the styles look. + + + + + + To use a color as the background, click the color tiles next to + Primary Color and Secondary Color and choose colors from the + color wheel. + + + + + + From the pop-up menu under Color, choose Solid, Horizontal + Gradient, or Vertical Gradient. Click Try to see how the + gradients look. + + + + + + Be sure that Use GNOME to set Background is selected. + + + + + + Click OK; then close the GNOME Control Center. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Choosing Applications to Handle Files + + + This section explains how to customize the way files are opened for + editing and viewing. + + + + What Are MIME Types? + + + MIME types are a standard way to identify files so that they can + be easily transmitted over the Internet. MIME stands for + "Multipurpose Internet Mail Extention." Each type of file is + assigned a specific MIME type. For instance, the MIME type for + HTML files is "text/html," and the MIME type for JPEG files is + "image/jpeg." A file's MIME type tells Internet applications such + as browsers and email programs what type of file is being + exchanged, how to encode it for transmission, and how to decode it + when it arrives at its destination. + + + + Unless you've specified that a particular application or viewer + should open a file, it normally opens automatically in an + application that's appropriate for the type. For instance, a JPEG + file normally opens automatically in a graphics application. + + + + You can choose which application or viewer opens automatically for + a particular type of file. You can also set up new applications to + handle particular types of files. + + + + + + + Adding and Removing Applications + + + When you select a file and choose Open With, you see a list of + applications that can open that particular file. You also have the + choices Other Application and Other Viewer, which let you use an + application that's not in the list to open or view the + file. + + + + You can modify the list of applications you see when you choose + Open With: + + + + + + + Click the icon of the file for which you want to change the Open + With options. + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose + Open With Other + Application. A dialog box opens that + lists all the applications currently able to open this particular + type of file. Some applications in the list are tagged "in the + menu" for this file type; others are tagged "not in the + menu." + + + + + + Select an application in the list and click Modify. + + + + + + Choose the option you want. You can choose to add or remove the + application from the menu for this particular file or for all + files of this type. + + + + + + Click OK. + + + + + + Click Done. (If you want to open the file now, click Choose.) + + + + + + + To modify the list of viewers you see when you choose Open With, + follow steps 1 through 6 above but choose Other Viewer instead of + Other Application in step 2. (A viewer lets you view but not edit a + file. Opening a file in a viewer can save time and memory.) + + + + + + + Changing the Default Application + + + The default application or viewer opens a file automatically when + you select the file and choose Open from the File menu. To specify + the default: + + + + + + + Click the icon of the file for which you want to change the + default. + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose + Open With Other + Application + + + + + + Select the application you want to use as the default and click + Modify. + + + + + + Choose the option you want. You can choose to use the + application as the default for this particular file or for all + files of this type. + + + + + + Click OK. + + + + + + Click Done. (If you want to open the file now, click Choose.) + + + + + + + To change the default viewer, follow steps 1 through 6 above, but + choose Other Viewer instead of Other Application in step 2. + + + + + + + Configuring Additional Applications (Advanced) + + + The Open With Other dialog box (described above) lists all the + applications that Nautilus can currently use to open a file. Your + computer may have additional applications that can open the file + but that aren't in the list. You can configure additional + applications so that they appear in the list: + + + + + + + Click to select the file for which you want to configure a new + application. + + + + + + Open the File menu and choose Open + With Other + Application + + + + + + In the File Types and Programs section, click Go There. The GNOME + Control Center opens, with the File Types and Programs + preferences displayed. + + + + + + In the list, find the file type for the file you're working + with. For instance, if you're configuring an additional + application for a text file, locate the entry for text files in + the list. (Clicking the column headers sorts the + list.) + + + + + + Once you've found the file type, click to select + it. + + + + + + In the Default Action section, click Edit List. + + + + + + Click Add Application. + + + + + + Type the application's name and the command that launches the + application. The command is the same as the command you'd type + if you were launching the application from a GNOME terminal + window. + + + + + + Click OK in each of the next three dialog boxes to dismiss them. + + + + + + + To edit the name or command for an application, follow steps 1 + through 9 but click Edit Application instead of Add Application + in step 7. + + + + To remove an application, follow steps 1 through 7 but click + Delete Application instead of Add Application in step 7. + + + + + + + Adding a New MIME Type (Advanced) + + + You can set up default applications for new file types that are + not currently configured on your system. + + + + First, add the new file type: + + + + + + + Open the GNOME Main Menu and choose + Programs + Settings GNOME Control + Center. + + + + + + Choose File Types and Programs in the GNOME Control Center's + left-hand column. + + + + + + Click Add New MIME Type. + + + + + + In the Add MIME Type dialog box, enter the MIME type and a + description. For instance, if you have a new kind of image file + of type alf (for alfie files), you'd enter image/x-alf as the + MIME type and Alfie image as the description. + + + + + + Click OK. Your new MIME type is added to the list. + + + + + + + Second, associate a file extension: + + + + + + + Select your new MIME type in the list and click Change File + Extensions. + + + + + + Click Add. + + + + + + Type a file extension (for instance, .alf for the alfie image + files in the example) and click OK. + + + + + + Click OK. + + + + + + + Third, specify an icon: + + + + + + Select your new MIME type in the list and click Change Icon. + + + + + Choose an icon and click OK. + + + + + + Fourth, define the application(s) that can open files of this + type: + + + + + + + Select your new MIME type in the list. + + + + + + In the Default Action section, click Edit List. + + + + + + Click Add Application. + + + + + + Type the application's name and the command that launches the + application. The command is the same as the command you'd type if + you were launching the application from a GNOME terminal + window. + + + + + + Click OK in each of the next three dialog boxes to dismiss them. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Eazel Services + + + Eazel Services are Internet-based tools designed to simplify + system management for Linux users. Nautilus and Eazel Services + work together to make your life easier. + + + + Eazel Services include + + + + + + + Eazel Online Storage, for file backup + + + + + + File sharing capability + + + + + + Eazel Software Catalog, for easy installation of + software titles + + + + + + The Nautilus installer + + + + + + + Registering with Eazel + + + + When you first launched Nautilus, you were asked if you wanted to + register for Eazel Services. If you registered at that time, click + the Services button in the Nautilus window and log in, using your + user name and password. + + + + If you have not already registered, click the Services button to + see a registration screen. Follow the steps for registering. + + + + + + + + Nautilus Keyboard Shortcuts + + + These keyboard shortcuts are available when you're working in the + Nautilus window or on the Nautilus desktop. + + + + + + + + Keystroke Sequence + Result + + + Ctrl-B + Add Bookmark + + + Ctrl-X + Cut Text + + + Ctrl-C + Copy Text + + + Ctrl-V + Paste Text + + + Ctrl-A + Select All (select all files, etc.) + + + Ctrl-N + New Folder + + + Ctrl-O + Open + + + Ctrl-W + Close Window + + + Shift-Ctrl-W + Close All Windows + + + Ctrl-I + Show Properties + + + Ctrl-T + Move to Trash + + + Ctrl-D + Duplicate + + + Ctrl-L + Create Link + + + Ctrl-F + Find + + + Shift-Ctrl-F + Web Search + + + Ctrl-[ + Back + + + Ctrl-] + Forward + + + Ctrl-U + Up One Level + + + Ctrl-H + Home + + + Ctrl-R + Refresh + + + Ctrl-= + Zoom In + + + Ctrl-- + Zoom Out + + + + + + + + + + Default Emblems + + + Nautilus applies emblems automatically to icons for files that are + read or write only and to icons that are links (aliases) to other + files or folders. + + + + The default emblems change depending on your theme. The ones shown + here are for two of the Nautilus themes, but if you have a custom + theme, your emblems may be different. + + +
+ Read Only + + Screenshot of Read Only Emblem + + + +
+ + + Read only: You have permission to view this file or folder, but you + can't modify it. + + +
+ No Read, No Write + + Screenshot of No Permissions Emblem + + + +
+ + + You can't view or modify this file or folder. + + + + + + A link icon denotes a file that contains no content of its own but + links to a file or folder located elsewhere on the + computer. Clicking this icon opens the linked file or folder. (A + link is similar to a shortcut in Windows or an alias in the Mac + OS.) + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/newbies.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/newbies.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e53263b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/newbies.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,719 @@ + + If you are new to Linux/UNIX + + One of the goals of GNOME is to make your system easy to use, + without requiring you to learn the syntax of most UNIX commands. + However, there are some basic UNIX notions that you have to be + familiar with, even while using the easy graphical interface + provided by GNOME. For the convenience of new users, these basics + are collected in this appendix. If you need further information on + UNIX, you should read the documentation which came with your + system; there are also a number of books and on-line guides + available for all versions of UNIX. + + + The following guide applies to all versions of UNIX and + UNIX-like operating systems, including both the commercial Unices + such as Solaris and open-source operating + systems such as FreeBSD and + Linux. Some of the material here is based + on Linux Installation and Getting Started + guide, by Matt Welsh, Phil Hughes, David Bandel, Boris Beletsky, + Sean Dreilinger, Robert Kiesling, Evan Liebovitch, and Henry + Pierce. The guide is available for download or online viewing from + the Linux + Documentation Project or from the Open Source Writers Group. + + + Users + UNIX is a multiuser operating system: it + was designed to allow many users to work on the same computer, + either simultaneously (using several terminals or network + connections) or in turns. Under UNIX, to identify yourself to + the system, you must log in, which entails entering your + login name (the name the system uses to identify + you) and your password, which is your personal key + for logging in to your account. Because only you know your + password, no one else can log in to the system under your user + name. Usually people choose their first or last name or some + variation of it as their login name, so that if your real name + is Sasha Beilinson, your login might be sasha. + + Each user has a separate place to keep his files (called + his home directory). UNIX has a system of + permissions (see ), so that on a + properly configured UNIX system a user can't change other users' + or system files. This also allows every user to customize + various aspects of the system — in particular, GNOME + behavior — for himself, without affecting other users. + + On any UNIX system there is also a special user, called + system administrator, with the login name + root. He has full + control over the system — including full access to all the + system and users' files. He has the authority to change the + passwords of existing users and add new users, install and + uninstall software, and so on. The system administrator is + usually the person responsible for proper functioning of the + system, so if you have some problems, you should ask him. + + + IMPORTANT + + Even if you are the only user on your computer (for example, + if the computer is your personal workstation), so that you are + also the system administrator, it is important that you create + a user account and use it for daily work, logging in as root + only when necessary for system maintenance. Because root can + do anything, it is easy to make mistakes that have + catastrophic consequences. Picture the root account as a + magic hat that gives you lots of power, with which you can, by + waving your hands, create or destroy entire cities. Because + it is easy to wave your hands in a destructive manner, it is + not a good idea to wear the magic hat when it is not needed, + despite the wonderful feeling. + + + + + Files and filenames + + Under most operating systems (including UNIX), there is the + concept of a file, which is just a bundle of + information given a name (called a + filename). Examples of files might be + your history term paper, an e-mail message, or an actual + program that can be executed. Essentially, anything saved on + disk is saved in an individual file. + + + Filenames + + Files are identified by their filenames. For example, the file + containing your conference talk might be saved with the filename + talk.txt. There is no standard format for file + names as there is under MS-DOS and some other operating systems; in + general, a filename can contain any character (except the / + character–see the discussion of path names below) and is + limited to 256 characters in length. + + + IMPORTANT + + Unlike MS-DOS, the filenames in UNIX are case-sensitive: + myfile.txt and + MyFile.txt are considered as two + different files. + + + + You should also be aware of several UNIX conventions; while they are + not mandatory, it is usually a good idea to follow them. + + + It is customary to use the format + filename.extension for filenames, where the + extension indicates the file type; for example, the + extension txt is usually used for plain + text files, while the extension jpeg is + used for graphics in JPEG format, and so on. In + particular, the Nautilus File + Manager (Nautilus) + uses extensions to determine file type. You can view all + the file extensions recognized by + Nautilus by choosing the + File types and Programs capplet in the + Document Handlers section of the + Control-center. Note that the standard + convention in UNIX is that the + executables (i.e., the program + files) have no extension at all. + + + + + Files and directories whose names begin with a dot + (.) are usually configuration + files, that is, files which keep settings and + preferences for various applications. For example, GNOME + keeps all its settings in various files in the directories + .gnome and + .gnome-desktop in the user's home + directory. Since most of the time you do not need to + edit these files manually, or even know their precise + names and locations, Nautilus + usually doesn't show these files. You can change this + setting using the Preferences dialog. + + + + + Files with names ending with tilde (~) are + usually backup files created by various + applications. For example, when you edit a file + myfile.txt with + emacs, it + saves the previous version in the file + myfile.txt~. Again, you can control whether + you want Nautilus File Manager to show these files or not + in Preferences dialog. + + + + + + + Wildcards + + When entering commands from the command line, you can use + so-called wildcards instead of an exact + filename. The most common wildcard is *, which matches any + sequence of symbols (including an empty string). For example, + the command ls *.txt will list all the files with + the extension txt, and the command rm + chapter* will remove all files with the names starting with + chapter (ls and + rm are UNIX + commands for listing and removing files). Another useful + wildcard is ?, which matches any single symbol: for example, + rm chapter?.txt will remove files + chapter1.txt, chapter2.txt , but not + chapter10.txt + + + + + Using spaces, commas, etc. in file names + + As was mentioned above, a file name may contain not only + letters and numbers, but also spaces, commas, etc. - any + characters other than slash (/). However, if you are using + commands typed on the command line, you should be careful when + dealing with such files. For example, if you have a file named + My file, and you want to delete it, + typing rm My file will not give the desired + effect: the command rm will assume that you + want to remove files My and + file. At best, it will give you an error + message; at worst (if you do have a file named + My) it will remove a wrong file. The + right way to do this is to enclose the file name in single + quotes: rm 'My File'. The same should be + done for file names containing any symbols that are normally + considered as "separators", or have some special meaning; this + includes comma (,), star (*), question mark (?), and more. To + be on the safe side, quote in this way all file names that + contain anything other than letters, numbers, and + dots. + + Of course, if you are only using graphical tools such as Nautilus + File Manager, than you do not need to worry about this: to + delete file My file, just drag it to the + trash can. + + + + + + Directories and paths + + Directory structure + + Now, let's discuss the concept of directories. A + directory is a collection of files. It + can be thought of as a "folder" that contains many different + files. Directories are given names, with which they can be + identified. Furthermore, directories are maintained in a + tree-like structure; that is, directories may contain other + directories. The top level directory is called the "root + directory" and denoted by /; it contains + all the files in your system. + + + Pathnames + + A pathname is a file's "full name"; it + contains not only filename but also its locaion. It is + made up of the filename, preceded by the name of the + directory containing that file. This, in turn, is preceded + by the name of directory containing that + directory, and so on. A typical pathname may + look like /home/sasha/talk.txt which + refers to the file talk.txt in the + directory sasha which in turn is a + subdirectory in /home. + + + As you can see, the directory and filename are separated by + a single slash (/). For this reason, filenames themselves + cannot contain the / character. MS-DOS users will find this + convention familiar, although in the MS-DOS world the + backslash (\) is used instead. The directory that contains a + given subdirectory is known as the parent + directory. Here, the directory + home is the parent of the directory + sasha. + + + Each user has a home directory, which is the directory set aside for + that user to store his or her files. Usually, user home directories + are contained under /home, and are named for the + user owning that directory, so that the home directory of user + sasha would be + /home/sasha. + + + + + Relative directory names + + At any moment, commands that you enter are assumed to be + relative to your current working + directory. You can think of your working directory as the + directory in which you are currently ``located''. When you + first log in, your working directory is set to your home + directory — for user sasha, it would be + /home/sasha. Whenever you refer to a + file, you may refer to it in relationship to your current + working directory, rather than specifying the full pathname of + the file. + + + For example, if your current directory is + /home/sasha, and you have a file there called + talk.txt, you can refer to it just by its file + name: a command like emacs talk.txt issued from the + directory /home/sasha is equivalent to + emacs /home/sasha/talk.txt + (emacs is an extremely powerful editor for + text files; new users may prefer something simpler, such as + gnotepad, but for power user, + emacs is indispensable). + + + + + Similarly, if, in /home/sasha you have a + subdirectory called papers and, in that + subdirectory, a file called fieldtheory.txt, you + can refer to it as papers/fieldtheory.txt. + + If you begin a filename (like + papers/fieldtheory.txt) with a character + other than /, you're referring to the file in terms relative + to your current working directory. This is known as a relative + pathname. On the other hand, if you begin a filename with a + /, the system interprets this as a full pathname — that + is, a pathname that includes the entire path to the file, + starting from the root directory, /. Use of the full pathname + is known as an absolute pathname. + + + + Pathname conventions + + Here are some standard conventions you can use in paths: + + + ~/ — user's home directory + + + ./ — current working directory + + + ../ — parent of the current directory + + + For example, if sasha's current directory is + /home/sasha/papers, he can refer to the file + /home/sasha/talk.txt as + ~/talk.txt or as ../talk.txt. + + + + + Permissions + + Every file on your system has an owner — one + of the users (usually the one who created this file), and a system of + permissions, which regulate access to this + file. + + + For ordinary files, there are 3 types of access permissions: + read, write, and execute (the latter only makes sense for + executable files). They can be set independently for 3 + categories of users: the file owner, the users in the group + owning the file, and everyone else. Discussion of groups of + users goes beyond the scope of this document; the other two + categories are self-explanatory. So, if the permissions on a file + /home/sasha/talk.txt are set to read and + write for user sasha, who is the file owner, and read only for + everyone else, only sasha will be able to modify this file. + + + + + All newly created files carry some standard permissions, + usually read/write for user and read only for + everyone else. You can view the permissions using the Nautilus File + Manager, by right-clicking on the file, choosing + Show Properties in the pop-up menu, and then the + Permissions tab. Using this dialog, you can also + change the permissions — just click on a square + representing the permission to toggle it. Of course, only the + file owner or the system administrator can change the + permissions of a file. Advanced users can also change the default + file permissions which are assigned to newly created + files—see the manual pages for your default shell (usually + bash, + csh or tcsh) and look for the command + umask. + + + + A file can also have some special permission properties such + as UID, GID, and "sticky" bit. They are for experienced users + only — do not change them unless you know what you are + doing. (If you are curious: these permissions are typically + used on executable files to allow the user to execute + some commands + which read or modify files to which the user himself doesn't + have access.) + + + Similar to files, the directories also have + permissions. Again, there are 3 possible + permissions: read, write, and execute. However, they have + different meaning: namely, "read" permission for a directory + means permission to list the contents of the directory or + search for a file; "write" means permission to create and + remove files in the directory, and "execute" means permission + to access files in the directory. + + + Note that the permissions granted to a file depend on the + permissions of the directory in which the file is located: in + order to be able to read a file, a user needs to have the read + permission for the file itself and "execute" permission + for the directory that contains it. So, if user sasha doesn't + want anybody else to see his files, he can achieve this by + removing the execute permission on his home directory for all + other users. This way, no one but himself (and, of course, + root) will be able to read any of his files, no matter what + the permissions of individual files are. + + Detailed explanation of the permission system can be + found, for example, in the info page for the GNU "File + Utilities" package. You can view this info page using GNOME Help + browser. + + + + + Symbolic links + + In addition to regular files, UNIX also has special files + called symbolic links (or + symlinks for short). These files do not + contain any data; instead, they are just "pointers," or + "shortcuts" to other files. For example, sasha can have a + symlink named ft.txt pointing to the file + papers/fieldtheory.txt; this way, when a + program tries to access the file ft.txt, + the file papers/fieldtheory.txt will be + opened instead. As you can see from this example, the symlink + and the target file can have different names and be located in + different directories. + + Note that deleting, moving, or renaming the symlink file + has no effect on the target file: if sasha tries to delete the + file ft.txt, it is the symlink that will + be deleted, and the file + papers/fieldtheory.txt will remain + unchanged. Also, the permissions of the symlink are + meaningless: it is the permissions of the target file that + determine whether a user has the access to it. + + + Symlinks can also point to directories. For example, on + the GNOME FTP server (ftp.gnome.org), + there is a file /pub/GNOME/latest, which at + the time of this writing is a symlink to directory + /pub/GNOME/gnome-1.0.53. By the time you + read this, the latest version of GNOME is likely to change, and + the GNOME maintainers will change the symlink correspondingly, + so that it will point to + /pub/GNOME/gnome-1.2 or something similar. + + + + Mounting and unmounting drives + + As we mentioned earlier, the directories on a UNIX system are + organized in a tree, with the top level directory being + /. Unlike some other operating systems such as + MS-DOS, there are no special names for files on your floppy disk or + CD-ROM: all the files accessible to your system + must appear in the main directory tree starting with + /. + + + Thus, before you can access files on a floppy diskette or a + CD-ROM, you must give to your system a command to incorporate + the contents of this diskette into the main directory tree, + which is referred to as mounting the + diskette. Typically the contents of the CD-ROM will appear under + the name /mnt/cdrom; the floppy diskette + under /mnt/floppy (these are called the + mount points and are defined in the special + configuration file, /etc/fstab). Accessing + a drive in this fashion doesn't mean that the system will copy + all the files from the CD to the directory + /mnt/cdrom. Instead, it means that the + directory /mnt/cdrom + represents the CD-ROM: When a program tries + to access, say, a file called + /mnt/cdrom/index.html, the system will look + for file index.html on the CD-ROM. + + + So, in short: before you can use files on a drive, you must + "mount" it. Similarly, before removing the disk from + the drive, you must unmount it. + + + When using GNOME, you usually do not have to worry about + mounting and unmounting: GNOME scans the appropriate + configuration file and places the icons for all drives on your + desktop. Double-clicking on any of these icons automatically + mounts the corresponding drive (if it was not already mounted) + and starts the file manager in the appropriate directory. + Similarly, if you right-click on the drive icon and choose the + command Unmount Volume from the pop-up + menu, GNOME automatically unmounts it before ejecting. You can + also mount a drive by right-clicking on the desktop and choosing + Disks | cdrom from the pop-up menu, + or by using the disk mount applet. + + + Note that you can't unmount a drive if it is being used by some program; + for example, if you have a terminal windows open in a directory on the + drive you're trying to unmount. So, if you get the error message "Device + busy" while trying to unmount a drive, make sure that none of your open + applications is accessing a file or directory on this drive. + + + However, GNOME cannot prevent you from ejecting the disk using the + physical eject button on the drive itself — in this case, + it is your responsibility to unmount the drive + before doing so. For CD and Zip drives, the system blocks the eject + button on the drive while the drive is mounted; for floppy drives this + is technically impossible. + + + + IMPORTANT + + If you eject a floppy disk using the eject button on the drive without + first unmounting it, you may lose your data! + + + + Some systems are running a special program, called the + automount daemon (you do not need to know + what a daemon is), + which automatically mounts a drive when a disk is inserted and unmounts a + drive if it hasn't been used for a specified period of time. In + this case, you will probably never need to worry about + mounting/unmounting drives yourself. + + + Allowing users to mount and unmount drives carries some security risks, + so many systems are configured so that only root can mount or unmount + drives. This is the most probable cause of error messages while trying + to mount a drive. In this case, discuss this matter with your system + administrator. + + + If the computer is your personal workstation or home computer, + so that you are not worried about security, you can give mount + permission to ordinary users. The easiest way to allow this is + to use the application + linuxconf (which + can only be run by root). Just select the drive you want to + access in the Access local drive section. + In the Options tab select the + User Mountable option. Your drive will now + be mountable by users. + + + If linuxconf is not + available, then you must manually edit the file + /etc/fstab to include user access. This is done + by adding the "user" attribute to the drive. For example: + + + If your fstab file contains a line like this: + + +/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 exec,dev,ro,noauto 0 0 + + + add the word "user" to the fourth column: + + +/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 user,exec,dev,ro,noauto 0 0 + + + + + Drives and devices + + Under UNIX, the word "device" is used for all peripheral + devices connnected to your computer; this includes hard drives, + floppy and CD-ROM drives, audio and video cards, serial and + parallel ports, and much more. Each device has a name, such as + /dev/hda. The most common device names are + listed below. + + + + /dev/hd* (where *=a,b,c, …): + these are IDE devices, such as hard drives, CD-ROM drives + and ZIP drives. /dev/hda denotes the + master drive on the first IDE controller (usually your first + hard drive, C: under Windows), + /dev/hdb is the slave drive on the fist + controller (this can be a second hard drive or a CD-ROM), + and so on. See also the note below + about ZIP drives. + + + + /dev/sd* (where *=a,b,c, …): + these are SCSI devices, usually hard drives. + + + + + NOTE + If the acronyms IDE and SCSI are new to you, here is a + brief explanation: there are two types of interfaces for hard + drives and other similar devices: IDE (and its cousins such as + EIDE, ATAPI, etc.) and SCSI. SCSI provides better performance, + but is more expensive, so it is only used on + servers. If you are not sure what kind of drives you have, most + probably it is IDE. + + + + /dev/fd* (where *=0,1, etc) are floppy + drives; /dev/fd0 is the first drive (it + corresponds to A: under Windows), + /dev/fd1 is the second + (B:), etc. + + + + /dev/lp* (where *=0,1, etc) are + parallel ports; most commonly, these ports are used to + connect a printer to the + computer. /dev/lp0 corresponds to + LPT1 under Windows, + /dev/lp1 to LPT2, + etc. + + + /dev/ttyS* (where *=0,1, + etc) are serial ports; these ports are commonly used for + connnecting a mouse or a + modem. /dev/ttyS0 corresponds to + COM1 under Windows, + /dev/ttyS1 to COM2, + etc. + + + + /dev/audio and + /dev/dsp — these two device + names are used for your audio card (they are not equivalent, + since they are used for different types of audio files). + + + + + In addition, it is a common practice to have symlinks + /dev/floppy, /dev/modem and + /dev/cdrom pointing to the actual device + name corresponding to your floppy drive, modem, and CD-ROM drive + respectively. + + + You rarely need to use these device names. In particular, if you + want to access a file on a drive, you do not use the device name + (such as /dev/fd0); instead, you first + mount the device so that its contents shows as a subdirectory + (for example, /mnt/floppy) in the main + directory tree, and then use this directory for accessing + files; see for more information. About + the only time when you actually need to use the device names is + when you are configuring some newly installed program. For + example, a fax program can ask you for the device name for your + modem (in which case you can either give it the actual device + name, such as /dev/ttyS1, or just use the + symlink /dev/modem). + + And just for fun: there is also a device + /dev/null which acts as a "black hole": you + can send to it any information, and it never returns. So if you do + not want to be bothered by error messages, re-direct them to + /dev/null -:). + + + + Partitions + + Note that it is possible to subdivide a hard + drive (or a similar device) into parts which for all practical + purposes behave as independent disks, even though physically + they reside on the same disk. These parts are called + "partitions" (under Windows, the name "logical disk" is + used). For example, you can partition your hard drive into + several partitions, and install different operating systems in + different partitions; you can reformat each partition + independently of the others. This partitioning of the hard + drive is usually done during the installation of the operating + system; refer to your installation guide for more + information. + + + If your hard drive has been partitioned, then each partition + is considered as a separate device. For example, if your hard + drive is /dev/hda, then the first + partition on this drive would be referrred to as + /dev/hda1, the second as + /dev/hda2, and so on. + + + Partitioning of ZIP disks + + For reasons unknown to us, the pre-formatted + ZIP disks sold in stores or formatted using Iomega's ZIP + tools under Windows are partitioned in a strange way: + they have only one parition (of Windows type, of course), + but this partition has number 4. Thus, if your ZIP drive is + /dev/hdc, the correct device name you + should use for such disks is /dev/hdc4. + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/panel.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/panel.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f50feab --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/panel.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,2414 @@ + + The GNOME Panel + + Introduction + + + Panel + + The GNOME Panel is the heart of the GNOME + user interface and acts as a repository for the Main Menu, user menus, application launchers, applets (applications which run entirely + within the panel), drawers, and + several special objects. + The Panel was designed to be highly + configurable. You can easily customize its behavior and + appearance and add or remove + objects to suite your personal needs and preferences. You + can even have multiple panels, + each with its own appearance, properties, and contents. This + flexibility allows you to easily create a comfortable and + efficient personalized desktop environment. + + This manual describes version 1.2 of the GNOME + Panel. + + + + + + + + Panel Basics + + Using the GNOME Panel is very simple and + will come easily to anyone who has used a graphical desktop + environment. This section will give you a basic introduction to + help you get started, and the following sections will discuss the + various Panel objects and features in more detail. + + + + Introduction to Panel Objects + + A Panel can hold several types of objects. + The example Panel in shows each type of Panel object. + +
+ An Example Panel + + An Example Panel. + + + +
+ + + This example Panel contains the following + objects: + + Menus + + Menus are lists of items, each of which either starts an + application, executes a command, or is a submenu. In the + example Panel in , the left-most icon after the + arrow is a stylized footprint icon (the GNOME logo). This is + the Main Menu, one of the most important + objects in the Panel. This menu + provides access to almost all the applications, commands, and + configuration options available in GNOME. The Main + Menu is described in detail in . The second icon shown is a folder, the + default icon used for user menus. GNOME allows users to + create their own menus with personalized contents to use in + addition to the Main Menu. To open a + menu, just click on the icon with the left mouse button. For + more information on menus, see . + + + + + + Launchers + + Launchers are buttons which either start an application or + execute a command when you press them (click with the left + mouse button). The third icon in the example + Panel is a launcher which starts the + Gnumeric spreadsheet. For more + information on launchers, see . + + + + + + Applets Applets are applications which + run inside a small part of the + Panel. The fourth through eighth icons + in the example Panel are applets. The + first applet shown is the GNOME + Weather applet, which periodically downloads the + current weather conditions off the Web and displays the + information. The second applet shown is the Drive + Mount applet, which shows whether a disk (in + this case, the floppy drive) is mounted and allows you to + mount and unmount the drive with a single click of the mouse. + The third applet shown is the Quick + Launch applet, which acts as a container for + launchers, but saves more space than placing your launchers + directly on the Panel. In the example + shown the Quick Launch applet + contains six application launchers. Next is the + GNOME Desk Guide, which allows you + to control multiple virtual desktops, each of which can have + multiple screens. You can move between desktops and screens + by clicking with your left mouse button. The final applet + shown is the Tasklist, which allows + you to control your application windows in various ways, + including changing the focus, iconifying windows, closing + windows, and killing applications. The + Tasklist shown is for a screen with + only two windows, both of which are Electric + Eyes. For more information on applets, see + . + + + + + + Drawers Drawers are essentially + extensions of a Panel which can be + opened or closed. They can hold anything the + Panel can. The brown icon of a drawer + in the example Panel is the default + icon for drawers, although any icon can be used. Click on the + Drawer icon with the left mouse button to + open or close it. For more information on drawers, see . + + + + + + Special Objects + + Special objects are items you can add to a + Panel which perform functions which + are generally not available through the other + Panel objects. The last item in the + example Panel is a special object + called the Logout Button. Pressing + this with the left mouse button begins the logout sequence + to end your GNOME session. For more information on special + objects, see . + + + + + + + Each of these object types is described in detail in the + following sections. You can easily add, move, or remove Panel + objects (see ). + + + + + + Right-Click Menu + + Clicking on any Panel object with the right mouse button brings + up the Panel object's right-click menu. This + menu contains Remove from panel for + removing the object from the Panel, + Move for moving objects within the + Panel or between two + Panels, the + Panel submenu described below, and + typically one or more object-specific menu items. For drawers, + menus, and launchers the only object-specific item is + Properties... which allows you to + customize the properties and settings of the object. For applets, + the right-click menu will often contain + About... for viewing information about + the applet such as the author's name and the applet version, + Help for viewing the applet's + documentation, and Properties... for + configuring preferences and settings for the applet. Applets + often have other applet-specific controls in their + right-click menus. + + + The Panel submenu allows you to create and remove + Panels and add objects to the + Panel. It also allows you to modify the + properties of the particular Panel of + interest using the Properties menu + item (see ) or the properties of + all Panels using the Global + Preferences... menu item (see ). + + + You can also right-click on the Panel + itself. This will bring up the Main Menu. In + particular, this menu also contains the + Panel submenu described above. + + + + + Hiding the Panel + + + Panel Hide Buttons + + + Panel Hiding + + The left and right arrow icons seen at either end of the example + Panel and in are + used to hide the Panel. +
+ The Hide Button + + The Hide Button + + + +
+ + + Pressing one of these arrows will hide the + Panel by sliding it in the direction of + the arrow pressed, so that the only part of the + Panel which remains visible is the + Hide button itself. Pressing it a second + time will expand the Panel. + + + Panels can be configured to automatically + hide when you are not using it and reappear when you move the + mouse to the part of the screen where the + Panel resides. This can be useful if you + are unable to run your system in a high resolution. To learn how + to have a Panel auto-hide, see . + + + + + Logging Out + + To log out of GNOME, right click on the + Panel and select Log + out. This will bring up the + Logout dialog, shown in . + +
+ The Logout Dialog + + Logout + + + +
+ + If you would like to save your current setup, select the + Save current setup checkbox. This will save + any GNOME applications you have open and configuration changes + you may have made in the Control + Center. + + + The default way to log out is by using the + Logout option, which ends your GNOME session + but does not shut down the computer. Depending on your system + configuration, you may also have the Halt + option, which shuts down the computer, and the + Reboot option, which will reboot the + computer. + + + Note for advanced users + The + Halt and Reboot choices + will only be shown if you have permission to execute the command + /usr/bin/shutdown. + + + + If you do not want to log out, press the + No button and you will be returned to your + GNOME session. Otherwise press the Yes + button to log out. + + + Logging Out and Window Managers + + If you are running a window manager that is GNOME compliant, the + logout feature will quit the window manager as well as GNOME. If + you are running a non-compliant window manager you will have to + quit the window manager yourself. + + + + You can disable the Logout dialog so that + selecting the Log out menu item will + end your GNOME session without asking any questions. To do so, + start the GNOME Control Center by + selecting Main Menu + Settings Startup + programs and uncheck the + Prompt on logout button. + + + + Locking the Screen + + Sometimes you may want to leave your computer with GNOME running + and not allow others to use or view your GNOME session. GNOME + allows you to do this by locking the screen, requiring a password + to unlock it. To lock your GNOME session, right click on either + end of a Panel and select + Lock screen. Alternately, if you have + the Lock Button(see ) on a Panel, you may + just press this button to lock the screen. To unlock the screen, + just type your login password. + + + Screensavers and the Lock Button + + The Lock screen button uses a feature of + the xscreensaver program. This is the + same program that the Control Center + uses to set your screensaver. In order for the Lock + screen button to work properly, you must have a + screensaver enabled in the Control + Center. + + + + + + + + + + + + The Main Menu + + Main Menu + + The footprint icon seen towards the left end of the example + Panel (see ) and in is the Main + Menu (yes, you guessed right, it is the footprint of + the gnome). This menu provides access to almost all GNOME + features — all the applications, configuration tools, + command line prompt, Logout and + Lock Screen commands, and much more. + To access any of these items, click on the Main + Menu button. You should release the mouse after + pressing the Main Menu button so that you + can take advantage of other mouse-activated features in the + Main Menu such as right-click pop-up menus and + drag-and-drop from the menu to the desktop or + Panel. + + + You can have several Main + Menu buttons on different + Panels; all of them can be configured + independently. + + + + Global menu + + In addition to the Main Menu which you get by + clicking on the foot icon, GNOME also provides a Global + Menu, which contains the same commands but is not + linked to any button. To access the Global + Menu, right-click on any empty place on the + Panel. You can also access the + Global Menu by pressing + + Alt F1 . (You can + change the default key for activating the Global + Menu in the Miscellaneous tab + of the Global Panel + Preferences dialog.) + + + Note that the Global Menu is configured + independently from the Main Menu, by using the + Menu tab in the Global Panel + Preferences dialog. + + + + + Components of the Main Menu + + The primary component of the Main Menu is the + Programs submenu, which contains a list + of preconfigured submenus and menu items. Here you will find all + the GNOME applications, from the + Gnumeric spreadsheet to the + Free Cell game, as well as quite a + few non-GNOME ones, such as the + Netscape web browser and the + emacs text editor. In addition, the + Programs submenu also contains the + following commands: + + + + + File Manager — launches the + GNOME graphical file manager. + + + + + Help system — launches the + GNOME Help Browser. The + GNOME Help Browser gives you access + to most of the documentation installed on your system — + not only GNOME documentation (the GNOME User's Guide, + application manuals, …), but also other types of + documentation (man pages, info pages, …). + + + + + In addition to the Programs + submenu, the Main Menu also contains a + number of other submenus and useful commands. Depending on your + configuration, you may not see all of these. Also, some of them + may be shown as submenus, and others included as part of the + Main Menu, separated by horizontal lines from + the other parts. These additional submenus and commands are: + + + + + Favorites. This submenu, which is + originally empty, is a place where you can put your favorite + applications for quick access. You can edit this menu using + the Menu Editor, which can be + accessed from the Main Menu by choosing + Settings + Menu editor . You can + also add any item from any other menu (in particular, from the + Programs menu) to the + Favorites menu by clicking on the + item with the right mouse button and selecting + Add this to Favorites menu. + + + + + + Applets. This submenu contains all + the applets installed on your system. Selecting an applet will + add it to your Panel. + + + + + + KDE menus. This shows the menus of + the K Desktop Environment (KDE) if you have it installed on + your system. + + + + + + AnotherLevel menus and + Debian menus. These submenus show the + default application menus for Red Hat Linux and Debian + GNU/Linux, respectively. These will only appear for users of + the particular distributions. + + + + + + Panel. This submenu can be used to + change Panel properties (both for individual + Panels and global, i.e. for all + Panels), add an + object to the Panel, remove the whole + Panel, create a new + Panel, or view the + Panel Manual. + + + + + + Desktop— This submenu + contains Log out, which ends your + GNOME session (see ), and + Lock screen (see ). + + + + + + Run … — This menu item + opens the Run Program dialog for + executing shell commands (see ). + + + + + + + Configuring the Main Menu + + To change the configuration of the Main Menu, + right-click on the Main Menu button + (shown in ) and select + Properties … from the pop-up + menu. This will show the Menu Properties + dialog. In this dialog, for each of the submenus of the + Main Menu listed above + (Programs, + Favorites, …) you can choose + whether you want it to be shown as part of the Main + Menu, as a submenu, or not at all. + + + +
+ Menu Properties Dialog + + Menu Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + You can also edit the contents of the + Favorites submenu (or, if you are the + system administrator, also of the + Programs submenu) using the + GNOME Menu Editor. To start it, + right-click on the Main Menu button and + select Edit Menus + …. Alternatively, you can start + GNOME Menu Editor by selecting + Programs + Settings Menu + editor from the Main + Menu itself. + + + + + + + + + + + Menus + + In addition to the Main Menu, discussed in , you can also add "normal menus" to a + Panel. An example menu, in this case a + Favorites menu containing three application + launchers and one submenu titled Games, is + shown in . Unlike the + Main Menu, normal menus only contain whatever + launchers and submenus you place in them - no default submenus, + Run... command, etc. as the + Main Menu has. You can also add any submenu of + your Favorites menu or the + Programs menu as a separate menu to a + Panel; to do so, bring up this submenu from + the Main Menu, right click on the submenu + title, and select Add this as menu to + panel. + +
+ An Example Menu + + An Example Menu + + + +
+ + + Adding a Menu to a Panel To learn how + to add a menu to a Panel, see . + + + + + Tearing Off a Menu + + All menus in GNOME have the tear-off feature: if you left-click on + the "perforation" (thin dashed line at the top of the menu, right + above the menu title), the menu will be turned into a separate + window on your desktop, which will stay there even after you move + the mouse cursor elsewhere. This is very convenient if you will be + using the same command from some deeply nested submenu + frequently. To remove a "torn-off" menu from your desktop, click + on the Close button in the window title + (its appearance and location depends on the window manager you are + using, but usually it is the rightmost button, labelled by an "x"). + + + + + Configuring a Menu + + You can easily change a menu name and icon (for user menus only, + not for submenus taken from the Main Menu). To + do so, click on the menu, right-click on the menu title (at the + very top of the list, above all other items), and select + Properties… from the pop-up + menu. This will bring up the Desktop Entry + Properties dialog, quite similar to the Launcher Properties + dialog. + + To add a new item to the menu, click on the menu button, + right-click on the Menu name, and select Add new + item to this menu. This will bring up + Create Menu Item dialog, in which you can + enter the menu item name, comment, command, and type (see for more information). To remove an item + from the menu, right-click on the item and choose + Remove this item. + + + Finally, a frequently asked question is "How I can change the + font and the background used by the menus?" The answer is that it + is determined by the current GTK Theme, which can be changed + using the GNOME Control Center by + selecting Main Menu + Programs + Settings + DesktopTheme Selector + . + + + + + + + + + Launchers + + Launchers are buttons which reside in your + Panel and start an application or execute a + command when clicked. A launcher can use any icon and has a + customized tooltip to display a message when the cursor is passed + over the launcher. + + + You can change a launcher's properties, such as the icon it uses + and its name, by right-clicking on the launcher and selecting + Properties... from the pop-up menu. This + brings up the Launcher properties dialog, + shown in . A similar dialog is + used when you create a new launcher (see ). Note that internally GNOME makes no distinction + between menu items and launchers: these are just different + representations of the same thing. You can place any menu item on a + Panel, and it will appear as a + launcher. Therefore, all the information below applies equally to + launchers and menu items. + +
+ Create Launcher/Launcher Properties Dialog + + Create Launcher/Launcher Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + The Laucher Properties dialog has two tabs: + Basic and Advanced. In + the Basic tab, you can set: + + + + + Name — this is the application + name, for example, GNOME + terminal. This name will be used if you later + put this launcher in a menu. + + + + + Comment — this is a brief + explanation of what this application does, for example, + Terminal emulation program. This will + be used for tooltips. + + + + + Command — the actual command that + runs the application, for example, + gnome-terminal. + + + + + Type — should be + Application; do not change it unless + you want to create something other than an application + launcher. + + + + + Icon — this is the icon which + will be used to represent the launcher in the + Panel. If no icon is specified, a + default icon will be used. To change the icon, just click on + it to launch the icon browser. + + + + + Run in Terminal — this specifies + whether the application should be run inside a terminal. If + the application doesn't create any windows on its own, check + this button. If you are unsure, leave it unchecked. + + + + + + The Advanced properties tab is shown + below. It is intended for advanced users; most of the time, you + will not need to change any of these settings. + +
+ Launcher Advanced Properties Dialog + + Launcher Advanced Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + In the Advanced tab, you can set: + + + + + Try this before using — you can + enter a command here, and GNOME will check if this command + can be executed. If the command cannot be successfully + executed, the launcher (or menu item) will not be shown even + if you added it to a Panel or + menu. It is mostly used by people preparing GNOME + distributions. For example, the default GNOME Main + Menu contains an item for the + TkRat e-mail program, but you + will only see this item if you have + TkRat installed on your system. + + + + + Documentation — currently not + used. + + + + + Name/Comment translations — here + you can set translations of the Name + and Comment to other languages. For + example, for GNOME Terminal, the + translations to Spanish (es) are name: Terminal + UNIX de GNOME and comment: Emulador + de terminal GNOME. This means that if a user + sets his language to Spanish during login (this can be done + by selecting the desired language from + Languages menu of the GNOME + Display Manager when logging in) he will see + Terminal UNIX de GNOME in the + menu and Emulador de terminal GNOME as + the tooltip. The actual command that runs the terminal is + unchanged. + + + To add a new translation, enter the language 2-letter code + and translations of Name and + Comment fields in the empty fields + under the list of current translations, and press the + Add/Set button. To change one of + existing translations, select the row from the list, edit + the fields you want to change, and press the + Add/Set button. To remove one of + existing translations, select it in the list and press the + Remove button. + + + You can find the list of all languages supported by GNOME + along with their 2-letter codes in GNOME + Frequently Asked Questions. + + + + + + All of the changes you make in the Launcher + Properties dialog will take effect when you press + Apply or + OK. Pressing OK + closes the dialog; pressing Apply will + allow you to continue editing. + + + + + + + + Applets + + Applets are GNOME applications which reside in a + Panel. An applet's appearance typically + reveals the state of the applet or other information. Applets often + have buttons, sliders, entries, or other methods to allow you to + control their behavior. + +
+ Example Applets + + Example Applets + + + +
+ + Some example applets are shown above(see ). At the very left is the + Mixer Applet which allows you to change + the volume level and mute the sound. Next is theSound + Monitor Applet, which displays the current volume of + sound being played and allows you to control various sound + features. The third applet is the GTCD + Applet, a CD player which has all its controls + available in the applet and displays the track and time.The next + applet is the Drive Mount Applet, used + to mount and unmount drives with a single click of the mouse. This + is followed by the Desk-Guide Applet + which shows you your desktops and the applications which are + running on them. The last applet shown is the Tasklist + Applet which allows you to control certain aspects of + each application or window which is open. + + + GNOME has many useful applets. Just right click on a + Panel and add some applets to your + Panel to find out which applets are + available and which ones are best for you. Right click on each + applet to see a menu listing various commands and operations the + applet can do and to access the documentation for the applet. + + + + + + + + Drawers + + The simplest way to think about a drawer is that it is a container + to store things. Typically one may use a drawer to hold multiple + launchers which are related to each other in some way, such as the + various applications in GNOME Office. The drawers in the GNOME + Panel take this one step further by making a + drawer an actual extension of the Panel + itself. Thus, a drawer is a collapsible branch of an existing + Panel. It can contain anything that a + Panel can, including launchers, applets, and + other drawers. + +
+ An open Drawer + + An open Drawer + + + +
+ + Once you have placed a drawer on a Panel, + you may click on it to "open" the drawer, revealing its contents. + You may then add items to the drawer in the same way you would add + items to a Panel, right clicking on the end + of the drawer with the arrow to open the Global Menu. + You can close the drawer by clicking on its icon again or by + clicking on the arrow at its end. + + + You can configure a drawer's properties by right clicking on the + drawer's icon and selecting + Properties.... This brings up the + Drawer Properties dialog. Here you can + select the icon used for the drawer by clicking on the icon. A + tooltip may be entered by typing in the + Tooltip/Name entry. This tooltip will be + displayed whenever the mouse is moved over the drawer to remind you + what is inside. One may also select whether the hide + button and arrow are displayed at the end of the drawer. + +
+ Drawer Properties Dialog + + Drawer Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + You may also control the background color or image of the + drawer. Just right click on the drawer and select + Properties... to open the + Drawer Properties dialog. Then select the + Background tab to bring up the + Panel Background Dialog (see ). + + + + + + + + + Special Panel Objects + + There are several special Panel objects which are not considered + menus, applets, or launchers. These special objects are described + below. + + + The Lock Button +
+ The Lock Button + + The Lock Button + + + +
+ + The Lock Button is a + Panel button which starts a screensaver + which locks the screen. In order to remove the screensaver and + access the GNOME session again, you must supply your password. + For more information on locking the screen, see . + + + + The Logout Button +
+ The Logout Button + + The Logout Button + + + +
+ + The Logout button is used to exit the GNOME + desktop environment. It initiates the logout sequence, bringing + up the Logout Dialog, as described in . + + + + The Run Button +
+ The Run Button + + The Run Button + + + +
+ + The Run button opens the Run + Program dialog, shown in . This gives you access to the + command line prompt. It is not a full-blown shell, so it is not a + replacement for GNOME terminal, but it + is very convenient when you need to enter just one command + quickly. You can also open the Run Program + dialog by using a keyboard shortcut. The default keyboard + shortcut is + + Alt F2 + + but you can change this in the Miscellaneous tab of + the Global Panel + Preferences dialog. + +
+ The Run Program Dialog + + The Run Program Dialog + + + +
+ + The command entry has a history buffer which allows you to execute + a previously entered command by pressing the down + arrow icon located to the right of the text field and + selecting the command. It also has a + Browse… button, which allows you to + choose a file — this filename will be appended to the end of + your command. For example, you can enter + emacs (an extremely powerful text editor) + on the command line and then use the + Browse… button to select the file to + be edited. + + + + Swallowed Applications + + You can run many applications which are not applets inside the + Panel as if they were applets. + Applications which you pull into the Panel, + even though they are not GNOME applets, are called "swallowed + applications". Applications do not have to be GNOME-compliant to + be swallowed. In general, the only constraints for swallowing an + application are that the application must be small enough to fit + in your Panel and you must know the title + of the window you would like to swallow. In many cases, the + application can be automatically shrank to fit in the + Panel, as specified in the + Create Swallowed Application Dialog. If + the application is not small enough to fit in the + Panel, the Panel + will generally grow to allow the application to fit. + +
+ Create Swallowed Application Dialog + + Create Swallowed Application Dialog + + + +
+ + The Title of application to swallow is the + window title, typically displayed on the top left edge of the + window. (Note that the window title is case sensitive.) The + Width and Height + determine the size of the swallowed application in the + Panel in pixels. + + + If you leave the Command field empty, this + dialog will create an empty window of given size on the panel + which will sit there waiting for a window with the given title to + appear on your desktop. As soon such a window appears (for + example, when you choose appropriate item in the menu), it will be + swallowed. + + + You can also enter any command in the Command + field; this command will be executed before trying to swallowing + the window to the Panel (and each time the + Panel is restarted afterwards). This is + normally used to start an application which you want the + Panel to swallow. + + + + + Status Dock + + The status dock is a + Panel object which can hold status docklets + — small windows which applications place in the + status dock to provide status information. + Status docklets can also be used to control the + application. Essentially, docklets are small (both in size and in + complexity) applets. GNOME currently does not have many + applications which place status docklets in the status + dock. However, GNOME's status + dock is compatible with that of the K Desktop + Environment (KDE), so KDE applications, such as + kscd, may place status docklets in + GNOME's status dock. Future versions of + GNOME applications will make use of this recently added + Panel object. + +
+ Example Status Dock With Docklet + + Example Status Dock With Docklet + + + +
+ + The above example shows the status dock + with a status docklet from the kscd CD + player program. This particular docklet is used to open and close + the main kscd window without ending the + program. + + + + + + + + + Adding, Moving, and Removing Panel Objects + + Moving objects + + To move any object in a Panel to a + different location, just hold down the middle mouse button and + drag it to the new location. Or, you can right-click on it and + choose Move, then move the mouse to + the new location and press any mouse button to anchor it in its + new position. You can move it to a different location on the same + Panel, or to a different + Panel. If in the course of this + movement it hits other objects, the behavior depends on the + global preferences (see ): the + object you are moving can switch places with other objects, + "push" all objects it meets, or "jump" over all other objects + without disturbing them. You can also override the default + behavior by holding the Shift button (for + "push" mode), the Ctrl button (for "switched" + mode), or the Alt button (for "free" mode, + i.e. jumping other objects without disturbing them) while + moving the object. + + + + + Removing objects from the Panel + + To remove an object from a Panel, + right-click on it and choose Remove from + panel from the pop-up menu. + + + + + + Adding objects to the panel + + By default, the GNOME Panel contains + only a few basic objects, such as the Main + Menu. However, there are many + Panel objects you can + add to it. For example, every menu item in the Main + Menu or its submenus can be added to a + Panel as an + application launcher. GNOME also has many applets + that can be added to a Panel, ranging from + Printer Applet, which prints files + which you drag and drop onto the applet, to + Wanda the Fish. There are many + additional GNOME applets and applications available on the + Internet. + + + + Applets + + + To add an applet to a Panel, + right-click on the Panel and select + PanelAdd + to panel + Applet. This + will show you a + menu of all the applets on your system, divided into + categories; choosing any applet from this menu will + add it to the Panel. + + + + + + + Application launchers + + + To create a new application launcher, right-click on + the Panel and select + PanelAdd + to panel + Launcher. + This will open the Create Launcher + dialog, shown below. In this dialog you + should enter a name for your launcher, a comment, and + the command line to launch the application. This + dialog is virtually identical to Launcher + Properties dialog. See for a more detailed description. + +
+ The Create launcher dialog + + Create launcher dialog + + + +
+ + You can also add any application in the Main + Menu or application launcher on your + desktop to a Panel. + To do so, use the first mouse button to drag the object + onto the Panel. Be + careful to drop it in an empty space on the + Panel and + not on any existing object: for example, if you drop + it on the Printer Applet, it + will be printed. You can also right-click on an item + in the Main Menu + and select Add this launcher to + panel. After this, you can change any + options for that launcher by clicking on it with the + right mouse button and selecting + Properties.... + + + + + + Menus + + + To add a menu, right-click on the + Panel and select + Panel Add + to panel Menu + . This gives you a choice of the Main + menu, Programs menu, and + Favorites menu. + + + You can also add the Main Menu or + any its submenu as a new menu to the + Panel by + right-clicking on the menu title (the top line of the + menu, separated from menu items by a thin line) and + selecting Add this as a menu to the + panel. + + + Creating Menus By Hand + + Advanced users can also create new menus + manually. To do so, you need to know that internally, + GNOME represents a menu by a directory, with menu items + presented by files of special type + (.desktop files — these files + also represent the application launchers), and submenus + presented by subdirectories. For example, the + Favorites menu corresponds to the + directory ~/.gnome/apps (where + ~ denotes your home directory), and + the Programs menu corresponds to the + directory + /usr/share/gnome/apps. Thus, you + can create a new directory, using the GNOME File + Manager, drag and drop there any + .desktop files from any other + directories you might have (for example, from + /usr/share/gnome/apps) or from the + desktop, and then drag and drop this directory from the + File Manager window to the + Panel. This will add this + directory as a menu to the Panel. + + + + After you have added a menu to your + Panel using any of the methods + described above, you can modify its properties (for + example, add new items to this menu or change the icon + used by the menu), as described in . + + + + + + Drawers + + + To add a new empty drawer, select + Panel + Add to panel + Drawer. Then + right-click on the drawer and select + Properties... to change its + properties (for example, the icon it uses). You can + add new items to this drawer in the same way as you + add items to a Panel: all the + methods for adding new objects to the + Panel described in this section + will also work for adding new items to a drawer. + + + You can also add the Main Menu or any + of its submenus to the Panel as a + drawer by right-clicking on the menu title and selecting + Add this as drawer to + panel. + + + + + Swallowed application + + To add a swallowed application to your + Panel, select + Panel + Add to panel + Swallowed + app. This will + open the Create Swallowed + Application dialog. For detailed information + on using this dialog, see . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creating, Moving, and Removing Panels + + Creating new panels + + To add a new Panel to your desktop, + select + PanelCreate + panel from the Main + Menu. Choose from the following + Panel types: + + + + + Menu Panel — The Menu + Panel is a special Panel + which is always placed at the top of your screen and + contains several pull-down menus. These are + Programs, Favorites, + Settings, Desktop, and + a special menu which provides quick access to GNOME-related + Internet resources (look for the bullet hole icon). This + Panel can also hold the other objects + which other Panels can hold, but it + does not have the configuration properties which other + Panels have. Note that the + Menu Panel is more restrictive than + other Panels, and some normal + Panel operations, such as moving the + Panel, cannot be performed on it. + + + + + Edge Panel — An Edge + Panel is exactly like the main + Panel that starts up with GNOME; it + stretches along the whole length of one of screen edges. By + selecting this type of Panel, you + may add a new Panel to another edge + of your screen to give yourself more functionality. + + + + + Aligned Panel — An + Aligned Panel is also positioned + along one of the screen edges. But unlike an Edge + Panel, an Aligned Panel + will not stretch across the entire edge of the screen it is + on; It will only stretch as much as necessary to display + the icons and applets it contains. It can be positioned + either at one of the corners (in this case, it will stretch + towards the opposite corner) or at the center of the edge + (in this case, it will stretch in both directions, + automatically recentering when you add new objects). + + + If an Aligned Panel is aligned with + one of the corners, the hide buttons will work slightly + differently than for an Edge Panel. + The hide button closest to the edge of your screen will hide + the Panel as usual but the other hide + button will send the whole Panel to + the opposite corner. When the latter move is made it will + not hide the Panel since it is + changing the side of the screen it resides on. If you want + to hide it you will have to press the hide button once again. + + + + + Sliding Panel — A + Sliding Panel is very similar to an + Aligned Panel, but can be placed + anywhere along the screen edge, not necessarily in one of + the corners or in the center. As you add objects, it will + only grow in one direction — it won't automatically + recenter. + + + + + Floating Panel — A + Floating Panel can be placed anywhere + on your screen, not necessarily along one of the edges. + + + + + + Changing Panel Type + + You can also change type of existing panel — for example, + convert edge panel to a floating panel, see . + + + + + + + Moving Panels + + Any Panel you have on your desktop(except + a Menu Panel) can be + moved by pressing the middle mouse button, or by simultaneously + pressing the left and right mouse buttons, while dragging the + Panel to + the desired position on your screen. If you do not have a middle + mouse button and did not configure your mouse to emulate a + middle button you may also move a Panel + by changing its location in the Panel + properties dialog. You can read more about this in + of this documentation. + + + + Removing Panels + + To remove an existing Panel, right-click + on it and choose + PanelRemove + this panel. If the + Panel is not empty, you will be prompted + to confirm. + + + Removing Your Only Panel + + You must have at least one Panel + running at all times. GNOME will not allow you to remove your + only Panel. + + + + + + + + + + Global Panel Preferences + + To start configure the behavior of all of your + Panels, select + Panel Global + Preferences from the Main Menu. + + + This will open the Global Panel + Preferences dialog. (This dialog is a + component of the GNOME Control + Center). With this dialog you can control many + properties shared by all of your Panels. +
+ The Global Panel Configuration Dialog + + The Global Panel Configuration Dialog + + + +
+ + + The Global Panel Configuration dialog + contains the following five tabs: + Animation, Buttons, + Panel Objects, Menu, and + Miscellaneous. Each of these tabs is + explained below. + + + Animation Tab + + + + Enable animations — This allows + Panels and drawers to animate as the + hide and unhide. + + + + + Constant speed animations — By + default, the animations start slowly, but then accelerate. If + you enable this option, the animations will not use any + acceleration. + + + + + [Animation speed] Auto hide — This + controls the speed of animation for any + Panel which is set to hide automatically + when the mouse leaves the Panel. The + slowest setting is 1, and the fastest is 100. + + + + + [Animation speed] Explicit hide — This + controls the hide speed when you press a Panel's + Hide Button. The slowest setting is 1, + and the fastest is 100. + + + + + [Animation speed] Drawer sliding — + This controls how fast a drawer menu will raise when you + press a drawer button on a Panel. The + slowest setting is 1, and the fastest is 100. + + + + + [Auto hide] Delay (ms) — If you have + a Panel set to minimize automatically + after the mouse leaves the Panel + this will allow you to control how much time passes before it + minimizes. The Panel + will start the time count once the mouse is no longer over + it. It will appear again when the mouse is passed over the + portion of the Panel that remains + visible. This time is measured in milliseconds. + + + + + [Auto hide] Size (pixels) — + This determines the number of pixels that show when a + Panel is minimized, for any + Panel which is set to hide automatically. + To maximize the Panel, the pointer must + enter the Panel area. + + + + + + Buttons Tab + + In this section, you can set the + appearance of the various types of buttons: launcher buttons, menu + buttons, drawer buttons, and special buttons(such as the Logout Button and the Lock Button). + + + + + Button Type — Select the type of + button you wish to configure. + + + + + Tiles enabled — This checkbox will + enable background tiles for buttons of the given type on the + Panel. + + + + + Normal tile — This shows the image + used for the tile in the up position (inactive, not + pressed). To choose another image file, just click on the + image, and it will launch the icon browser. Tiles must be + enabled to access this option. + + + + + Clicked tile — This shows the image + used for the tile in the down position (active, pressed). To + choose another image file, just press on the image, and it will + launch the icon browser. Tiles must be enabled to access this + option. + + + + + Border width (tile only) — This + determines the width of the border around an icon. For example, + if you set border width equal to 5, this will ensure that at + least 5 pixels of the tile will be shown on every side of the + icon; if necessary, the icon will be cropped. This is very + useful if you have an icon that would normally cover up a tile. + Tiles must be enabled to access this option. + + + + + Depth (displacement when pressed) — + This determines the depth an icon will displace when + pressed. Tiles must be enabled to access this option. + + + + + This tab also contains 3 options which affect all types + of buttons simultaneously: + + + + + Make buttons flush with panel edge + — This allows you to align the button with + the edge of the Panel. If this + option is not set then the border width setting is obeyed. + By default this option is off. + + + + + Show button tiles only when cursor is over + the button — If this option is enabled, the + tiles will only appear when mouse cursor is over the button. + + + + + Prelight buttons on mouseover + — Choosing this option will make the buttons + brighten up when the mouse cursor is over them. + + + + + + Panel objects Tab + + This tab shows some options related to the placement and moving + of objects on the Panel. + + + + + Default movement mode — Here + you can choose the default mode for moving objects on + the Panel. Possible variants are + + + + + Switched — + When the object you are moving hits another object, + they switch places. + + + + + + Free — When + the object you are moving hits another object, it + "jumps" over it, so no other object is disturbed. + This is a convenient option if you like the + current arrangement of objects on your + Panel and want to leave the + other objects in place. + + + + + + Push — The object you are + moving pushes all other objects in front of it, like + a snow plow. + + + + + You can override the default movement mode by dragging + an object while holding Ctrl (for + switched movement), Alt (for free + movement), or Shift (for push movement) + button pressed. + + + + + Padding — This changes + the amount of space (padding) between objects on the + Panel. It is measured in pixels. + + + + + + + Menu Tab + + In this tab, you can set the options determining the + appearance of Panel menus. + + + + + + Use large icons — This will use + large icons (rather than the default size) in menus. This is only + practical for those with high resolution screens (1280x1024 and + higher). + + + + + Show [...] buttons — This will add + small buttons labelled by three dots (...) to all the items of + the Main Menu. Clicking on such a button + with the left mouse button will bring the + pop-up menu for this item, i.e. the same + menu which you get by clicking on the menu item with the right + mouse button. + + + + + Show popup menus outside of panels — + When this button is on, it allows pop-up menus to appear away + from the Panel. When toggled off, the + pop-ups will appear over the Panel. This + can be useful on smaller screens or cluttered desktops. + + + + + Keep menus in memory — This will + keep your menus in memory so that they do not rescan for added + items. This can increase the speed of GNOME, but may also + result in you missing new items added to your menu. + + + + + Global menu — This + allows you to configure the + Global Menu + which you get by right-clicking on a + Panel, or by using + the keyboard shortcut. For each of the possible submenus + (Programs, + Favorites, etc.), you can choose + whether it should be included as a part of the Global + Menu, as a submenu, or not included at all. A + description of these submenus is given in . + + + + + + + Miscellaneous Tab + + The Miscellaneous tab contains options for various + customizable behavior that didn't fit anywhere else. + + + + + + Tooltips enabled — This option + defines whether GNOME should show a tooltip when the + pointer pauses on a Panel item. + + + + + Close drawer if a launcher inside it is + pressed — By default drawers will remain open + when you select an item within one. This can be annoying as the + drawer will remain open until you close it with a mouse + click. With this option selected drawers will close + automatically when you select any item within one. + + + + + Raise panels on mouse-over — If you + are using a window manager that is not GNOME compliant it will + not understand its relationship with the + Panel. This can cause + your Panel to be covered by + applications. If you enable this feature you can have the + Panel automatically raise when your + mouse is over it. + + + + + Keep panel below windows — If you + are using a GNOME compliant window manager, the window manager + will understand its relationship with the + Panel. If you choose + this feature the window manager and GNOME will allow + applications to appear over the + Panel. This can be useful on + smaller screens. + + + + + Confirm removal of panels with a + dialog — If this option is enabled, + GNOME will ask for confirmation before removing a + Panel. + + + + + This tab also allows you to configure some global key + bindings. You can define key bindings for the Global Menu(ie. + Popup Menu) and + for the Run + Program dialog. (The default key bindings for + these are + + Alt + F1 + + and + + Alt + F2 + + respectively.) To + change these key bindings, select a key from the drop-down list + or press the Grab key… button and then + press the desired key. + + + Using the Menu and Window keys + + You should be able to use the special Menu + and Windows keys for keybindings. If you + have problems with using these keys, the most probable reason + is that your X server was incorrectly configured: the + keyboard type chosen during installation does not match + your actual keyboard. If you are using + XFree86 server, you can fix it by + manually editing the configuration file. This file, named + XF86Config, is usually located in + the /etc or /etc/X11 + directory. Open this file with any text editor (not a + word-processor!) and find the line containing the word + XkbModel. Change it to read + + XkbModel "pc104" + + You must be root (system administrator) to do this. Now, + logout of GNOME and restart the X server by simultaneously + pressing Ctrl + Alt Backspace . + + + + Use Caution When Editing XF86Config + + Making a mistake while editing the XF86Config + file can make your keyboard or screen unusable in X + Windows. Before editing this file, you should make a backup copy of + it and make sure you know how to restore it from the backup file + without using X Windows or GNOME, i.e., from a terminal. If + you don't know how to do this, then do not edit this file. + + + + + + + + + + + Individual Panel Properties + + Panel + Individual Panel Properties + + + Panel properties + + In addition to global Panel properties, described in , some properties can be configured + individually for each Panel. This + includes Panel type (Edge, + Aligned, Sliding, Floating), size, location, background color, + and hiding preferences. To change these properties for a + Panel, + click on it with the right mouse button and select + Panel + Properties. You may also + press the Main Menu button and select + Panel + Properties. + + + From the Properties submenu, you can + choose All properties..., which will + launch the Panel properties dialog. If you + are already familiar with this dialog, you can more quickly + change some of the properties — say, + Panel size or type + — by selecting the appropriate item in the + Properties menu. + + + The Panel properties dialog contains two + tabs to help you set the active Panel + properties: Edge + Panel (or Aligned, … - + depending on your Panel type) and + Background. Both of these tabs are explained + below. + + + + Edge Panel Tab +
+ Panel Edge Properties Dialog + + Panel Edge Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + + Panel Position — This changes + the position of the Panel on the screen. For + Edge Panel, you must specify an + edge (Top, + Right, Left or + Bottom). For Aligned + Panel, you have to specify an edge and one of + the edge's ends or the center. For Sliding + Panel, you must specify the edge and offset + from one of the corners (in pixels). Finally, for + Floating Panel you must specify + orientation (horizontal or vertical) and position of + Panel's left top corner (relative + to the left top corner of the screen and measured in pixels). + + + The Panel will change position once + you have pressed the Apply or + OK button. + + + Manually Moving a Panel + + You can also change Panel + position by dragging it with the middle mouse button to + the new location. + + + + + + + Panel size — Here you can + choose the Panel width. The default + size is 48 pixels, which is + also the default size of icons used by GNOME. Users with low + screen resolution might want to decrease the + Panel size to + free some screen space; conversely, users with high + resolution displays may try using larger + Panel sizes. + + + Changing Panel size automatically + resizes all the icons on this Panel, + which can lead to some quality loss. Also, + the Panel will ask all the applets to resize + themselves. Most of the applets will comply; however, if + some applets do not obey this request, then the + Panel will resize itself so that it + can fit all the applets. + + + + + + Panel + Auto-hide + + Hiding — In this section, you + can choose whether you want to Enable + Auto-hide — that is, have the + Panel automatically hide when + the mouse is not over the Panel. The + autohide parameters + can be configured in the Global + Preferences dialog. If you choose to auto-hide, you + might want to disable the hide buttons here as well. You + may also disable the hide button arrows graphics on the + hide buttons. + + + + + + + Background Tab + + Panel Background + + +
+ Panel Background Properties Dialog + + Panel Background Properties Dialog + + + +
+ + + + These options allow you to change the background of the + Panel + itself. You may choose, if you wish, to have the + Standard, Pixmap, or + Color background. The standard look for + the Panel is determined by the GTK theme + you are running at the + time (you can configure the GTK theme using the + GNOME Control Center). The + Pixmap option allows you to choose an + image to tile or scale to the Panel. The + Color option allows you to specify a + particular color for the Panel. + + + + + + + Color to use — If you choose to have + your Panel one color, this button will + launch a dialog which allows you to specify which color to use. + + + + + + + Image — If you wish to have a + Pixmap + for the background of your Panel, this + section of the dialog allows you to choose which image to use. + If you press the Browse button, you can + search for the file you want to use. The current filename is + shown to the left of this button. The window above it shows you + the preview of this background. + + + + + + + Drag and Drop With Images + + An easier way to change the background of your + Panel is to + drag and drop an image file from the GNOME + File Manager onto the + Panel. This will automatically + change the background of the Panel to + that image. + + + + + + + Don't scale image to fit — If this + button is checked, the background image will be tiled to cover + the Panel, rather than scaled. + + + + + Scale image (keep proportions) — If + this button is checked, the background image will be scaled as + much as possible preserving image's proportions, and then the + scaled image will be used to tile the + Panel. + + + + + Stretch image (change proportions) — + If this button is checked, the background image will be + stretched in both dimensions to the size of the + Panel. + + + + + Rotate image for vertical panel — If + this button is checked, the image will be rotated when you + change Panel orientation + (horizontal/vertical). + + + + + + + + + + + + Current bugs and limitations + + Most of the things here are not really bugs; rather, they + describe situations when the Panel's + behavior is not what you would expect. + + + + You cannot place an ordinary file or directory on the + Panel. If you try to drag and drop a file + from the File Manager window to the + Panel, it won't work. The only type of + file that can be placed on the Panel are + .desktop + files, which describe launchers (and + .kdelnk files, which describe launchers in + the format used by K Desktop Environment); any directory dropped on the + Panel will be interpreted as a menu + — that is, all the + files other than .desktop files will be + ignored. + + + + Editing menus other than the Main Menu + is rather confusing. Menu Editor at + the moment cannot be used for this, and the + Properties item of the right-click + menu is not too helpful either - for example, it doesn't allow + one to change the menu's icon (see for + instructions for doing this). This will be improved in the next + release. + + + + The Global Menu (which you get by + pressing the + AltF1 key + on the keyboard or by + right-clicking on the Panel), and the + Main + Menu (which you get by clicking on the foot icon) + are configured separately. The reason is that you + can have several Main Menu buttons on + different Panels. + + + + The Screen Lock button does not lock the + screen if No Screensaver is set in the + GNOME Control Center. + + + + The only way of changing a Panel's type + (Edge, Aligned, etc.) + is by choosing Panel Properties + Type from the + Main Menu or Global Menu: + you can not change Panel type in the + Panel Properties dialog. Conversely, + PanelProperties + Background type allows + you to change the background type (Pixmap/Color/Standard), but + not to choose the actual color or image to use. + + + + + + + + + Authors + + GNOME Panel was written by many GNOME + developers; you can find a partial list in the + About dialog. By + the way: if you wonder what is the name of the animal shown in + the About dialog, it is called + "Gegl" and it has its own + Web page. + + + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug reports to the + GNOME bug + tracking database. Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found on-line at + http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html. You can also use + the Bug Report Tool + (bug-buddy), available in the + Utilities submenu of Main + Menu, for submitting bug reports. + + + This manual was written by Dave Mason + (dcm@redhat.com), Dan Mueth + (d-mueth@uchicago.edu), and Alexander Kirillov + (kirillov@math.sunysb.edu). Please send all + comments and suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME + Documentation Project at docs@gnome.org or enter + your comments online using the GNOME + Documentation Status Table. + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/ug-applets.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/ug-applets.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40bb687 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/ug-applets.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ + + + + GNOME Applets + + + + Applet Basics + + + + What Are Applets? + + Applets are one of the most popular and useful objects you can add + to your Panel to customize your desktop. + An applet is a small application which runs inside a small area of + your Panel. Applets have been written for + a wide range of purposes. Some are very powerful interactive + tools, such as the Mixer Applet + which allows you to easily control your system sound. + Others are simple system + monitors, displaying information such as the amount of power left + in the battery on your laptop (see Battery Charge + Monitor) or weather + information(see GNOME Weather). Some + are simply for amusement(see gEyes). + + + + Applets are similar to swallowed applications in that both of them + reside within the Panel. However, + swallowed applications are generally applications which were + not designed to run within the Panel. + Typically one will swallow an application which already exists in + the main desktop area, putting it into your + Panel. The application will continue to + run in the Panel until you end the + application or unswallow it, placing it back onto the main part of + your desktop when you need to. + + + +
+ Example Applets + + Example Applets + + + +
+ Several example applets are shown in . From left to right, they are: (1) + Mixer Applet, which allows you to turn + on/off sound and control its volume by clicking on the applet. (2) + Sound Monitor Applet, which displays + the current volume of sound being played and allows you to control + various sound features. (3) GTCD + Applet, a CD player which has all its controls + available in the applet and displays the track and time. (4) + Drive Mount Applet, used to mount and + unmount drives with a single click of the mouse. (5) + Desk Guide which allows you to view and + control multiple virtual screens. (6) + Tasklist Applet which allows you to control + your various windows and applications. + + + There are many other applets to choose from. The rest of this + chapter will explain the basic information to get you started + adding, moving, and removing applets from your + Panels and using them. The following + chapters go through each of the standard GNOME applets describing + them in detail. There are also additional applets which can be + downloaded off the Web. See The GNOME + Software Map for lists of additional GNOME applications + and applets. + + + As you read through the the rest of this chapter, you should try + adding and removing applets from your Panel and + experiment with them freely. + + + + + + Adding, Moving, and Removing Applets + + + Adding Applets to a Panel + + To add an applet to a Panel, right-click + on the Panel and select + PanelAdd to panel + Applet. This will show you + the menu of all the applets on your system, divided into + categories. Choosing any applet from this menu will add it to the + Panel. + + + + + Moving Applets In or Between Panels + + It is easy to move applets in a Panel or + between two Panels. If you have a + three-button mouse, just move the mouse over the applet, depress + the middle mouse button and drag the applet to its new location, + releasing the middle mouse button when you are finished. Note + that you can drag applets within a Panel + or between two Panels this way. If you + don't have a three-button mouse, just + right-click on the applet and choose + Move. The cursor will turn into a + cross and the applet will move with your mouse until you press + any mouse button to indicate you are finished moving it. + If, in the course of this movement, it hits + other objects, the behavior depends on the global preferences + you have set for your Panels in the + GNOME Control Center: the applet you are + moving can switch places with other objects, "push" all objects + it meets, or "jump" over all other objects without disturbing + them. You can also override the default behavior by holding + Shift button (for "push" mode), + Ctrl (for "switched" mode), or + Alt (for "free" mode, i.e. jumping other other + objects without disturbing them) button while dragging. + + + To change the global Panel preferences, right-click on any applet + or Panel and select + + Panel + Global Preferences... + . + The Default movement mode is set under the + Applets tab. + + + + + Removing Applets from a Panel + + To remove an applet from a Panel, + right-click on the applet and select Remove from + panel.... + + + + + + + + The Right-Click Pop-Up Menu + + Clicking the right mouse button on any applet brings up + a pop-up menu. This + menu always has certain standard menu items in it and + often has additional items which vary depending on the particular + applet. + + + Standard Pop-Up Items + + All applets have the following items in their right-click + pop-up menu: + + + Remove from panel + + + The Remove from panel menu item + removes the applet from the Panel. + + + + + + Move + + + After selecting Move, your mouse + pointer will change appearance (typically to a cross with + arrows in each direction). As you move your mouse, the applet + will move with it. When you have finished moving the applet, + click any mouse button and the applet will anchor in its + current position. Note that applets can be moved between two + Panels this way. + + + + + + Panel + + + The Panel submenu contains various + items and submenus for adding and removing + Panels and applets and for changing + the configuration. + + + + + + Help + + + The Help menu item brings up the help + manual for the applet. + + + + + + About + + + The About... menu item brings up a + dialogue box containing various information about the applet, + typically including the applet's name, version, author, + copyright, license and desciption. + + + + + + + + + + Other Common Pop-Up Items + + Many applets also have other items in their right-click pop-up + menus. Some of the more common ones are: + + + Properties... + + + The Properties... menu item opens + the Properties dialog (see ) for the applet. Many + applets have properties dialogs, which allow you to configure + the behavior and appearance of the applet. + + + + + Run... + + + The Run... menu item generally + invokes a program which is related to the applet in some way + but which runs in its own window rather than in the + panel. For example: + + + + + The CPU Load applet, which monitors + what programs are running, has a Run + gtop... menu item. Selecting this menu item + starts GTop, which allows you to + view and control programs which are running. + + + + + The CD Player applet has a + Run gtcd... menu item which + starts the GNOME CD Player when + selected, which has more capabilities than the applet. + + + + + + + + + + + The Applet Properties Dialog + + Many applets have customizable properties. These applets will + have a Properties... menu item in their + right-click pop-up menu which brings up the + Properties dialog where you can alter the + appearance or behaviour of the applet. +
+ An Example Applet Properties Dialog + + An Example Applets Properties Dialog + + + +
+ All Properties dialogs have the following + buttons at the bottom of the dialog: + + + + OK — + Pressing OK will activate any changes + in the properties you have made and close the + Properties dialog. + + + + + Apply — + Pressing Apply at any time will + make your changes active without closing the + Properties dialog. This is helpful if + you would like to test the effects of the changes you have + made but may want to continue changing the properties. + + + + + Close — + Pressing Close will close the + Properties dialog. Only changes in the + configuration which were previously applied with the + Apply button will persist. Other + changes will not be made active. + + + + + Help — + Pressing Help brings up the manual for + the application, opening it to the page describing the + Properties dialog. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Amusements Applets + + &FIFTEEN; + &FISH; + &GEYES; + &LIFE; + &ODOMETER; + + + + + + Monitor Applets + + &BATTERY; + &CPULOAD; + &CPUMEMUSAGE; + &DISKUSAGE; + &LOADAVG; + &MEMLOAD; + &NETLOAD; + &SWAPLOAD; + + + + + + + Multimedia Applets + + &CDPLAYER; + &MIXER; + &SOUNDMONITOR; + + + + + + + Network Applets + + &MAILCHECK; + &MODEMLIGHTS; + &WEBCONTROL; + + + + + + + + Utility Applets + + &CHARPICK; + &DESKGUIDE; + &DRIVEMOUNT; + &GKB; + &GNOTES; + &GWEATHER; + &MINICOMMAND; + &PRINTER; + &QUICKLAUNCH; + &SCREENSHOOTER; + &TASKLIST; + &TICKASTAT; + &WHEREAMI; + + + + + + + + Clock Applets + + &ANOTHERCLOCK; + &ASCLOCK; + &CLOCK; + &CLOCKMAIL; + &JBC; + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wheeler.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wheeler.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc5f6c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wheeler.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ + + + + An Introduction to GNOME + + What is GNOME + + GNOME is a user-friendly desktop environment that enables users to easily + use and configure their computers. GNOME includes a panel (for starting + applications and displaying status), a desktop (where data and applications + can be placed), a set of standard desktop tools and applications, and a set + of conventions that make it easy for applications to cooperate and be + consistent with each other. Users of other operating systems or + environments should feel right at home using the powerful graphics-driven + environment GNOME provides. + + + GNOME is completely open source (free software), with freely available + source code developed by hundreds of programmers around the world. If you + would like to learn more about the GNOME project please visit the GNOME web site. + + + GNOME has a number of advantages for users. GNOME makes it easy to use and + configure applications using a simple yet powerful graphical interface. + + + GNOME is highly configurable, enabling you to set your desktop the way you + want it to look and feel. GNOME's session manager remembers previous + settings, so once you've set things the way you like they'll stay that + way. GNOME supports many human languages, and you can add more without + changing the software. GNOME even supports several Drag and Drop protocols + for maximum interoperability with applications that aren't GNOME-compliant. + + + GNOME also has a number of advantages for developers, which indirectly also + help users. Developers don't need to purchase an expensive software license + to make their commercial application GNOME compliant. In fact, GNOME is + vendor neutral - no component of the interface is controlled solely by one + company or restricted from modification and redistribution. GNOME + applications can be developed in a variety of computer languages, so you're + not stuck with a single language. GNOME uses the Common Object Request + Broker Architecture (CORBA) to allow software components to inter-operate + seamlessly, regardless of the computer language in which they are + implemented, or even what machine they are running on. Finally, GNOME runs + on a number of Unix-like operating systems, including Linux. + + + GNOME is an acronym for the GNU Network Object Model Environment, so GNOME + is a part of the larger GNU project. The GNU Project started in 1984 to + develop a completely free Unix-like operating system. If you'd like to + learn more about the GNU project you can read about it at the GNU Website. + + + + About This Guide + + This user's guide is designed to help you find your way around GNOME with + ease. Both new and experienced computer users can benefit from this guide. + If you're new to GNOME, or even computers, you'll gain an idea of how to use + your desktop. If you're an advanced computer user trying out GNOME, you can + work with expert tips, which will help you to become familiar with GNOME. + + + Although this was written originally in English, there are many translations + of the guide available now or in the near future. If you would like to have + this guide in another language you should check your operating system + distribution or visit the + GNOME Web Site to find out more information on translation. + + + GNOME is rapidly developing, so some parts of this guide may be not up to + date; in these cases, please use on-line help in the application you are + having trouble with. + + + This manual was written by Dave Mason (dcm@redhat.com), + Chris Lyttle (chris@wilddev.net) and Alexander Kirillov + (kirillov@math.sunsyb.edu) with some help from other members + of Gnome Documentation Project. Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the Gnome Documentation + Project by sending an email to + docs@gnome.org. You can also add your comments + online by using the Gnome + Documentation Status Table. + + + + + + + + GNOME Quick Start + + A First Glance At GNOME + + Figure 1 shows an example of GNOME running. GNOME is + very configurable, so your screen may look quite different. + +
+ Sample GNOME Display. + + Sample GNOME Display + + + +
+ + + Quick Start + + The long bar at the bottom of figure 1 is a GNOME + Panel, which contains a collection of menus, useful panel applets, and + application launchers. The button containing the stylized foot is the + Main Menu button (the most common kind of menu); just click on the Main + Menu button and you'll see a menu of pre-loaded applications and options, + including a logout command. Panel applets are tiny programs designed to + be placed in a panel, for example, the the Desk Guide applet on the + far right shows 4 virtual desktops to place your applications. + Application launchers are buttons that, when + pressed, immediately start programs (including GNOME utilities and office + applications). In this example the toolbox button starts the GNOME + Control Center (for configuring your system), the question mark button + starts the GNOME Help browser (for viewing documentation), the display + starts the terminal (if you'd prefer to use a text interface), and the + world starts your web browser. The arrows on each + side of the panel hide (and unhide) the panel. + + + Outside of the Panel is the "Desktop". Just drag items from the panel on to + your desktop you use most often and you can double-click on an item (with the + left mouse button) to use it: + + + + + If the item is a program, that program will start. + + + + + If it's data, the appropriate program will start up with that data + loaded. + + + + + If it's a folder, the Nautilus file manager will start and + show the + contents of that folder. Your desktop will probably have a folder icon + labeled "Home". Double-clicking on it will start the Nautilus file manager + at your home directory. + + + + + The Nautilus file manager lets you manipulate your files. + The left side of its window shows the current folder with tabs for Help, + History and Notes, and the right side shows the current folder's contents: + + + + + To move the file or folder, just drag and drop it. + + + + + To copy a file or folder, hold down the CTRL key while dragging. + + + + + To run a program or edit a data file, double-click it. + + + + + To perform other operations on a file (such as rename or delete), select it + using the right mouse button and then choose the operation you want. You + can also use this to select an application to open the file. + + + + + To select more than one item at a time, click on the items after the first + one while holding down the CTRL key. + + + + + You can easily move or copy files between folders by starting two file + manager applications, each one showing a different folder. If you want to + put a file on your desktop, simply drag it from the file manager onto the + desktop. In fact, dragging and dropping items onto other items generally + "does the right thing" in GNOME, making it easy to get work done. + + + GNOME is very configurable; for example, you can have multiple panels + (horizontal and vertical), choose what goes in them, and have them hide + automatically. There are many panel applets you can include in your panel. + You can also change how the screen looks; later portions of this document + tell you how. + + + GNOME follows several UNIX conventions you should be aware of. The left + mouse button is used to select and drag items. The right mouse button brings + up a menu for the selected object (if a menu applies). Most UNIX mice have 3 + buttons, and the middle button is used to paste text (if in a text area) or + to move things. If you only have two buttons, press the left and right + buttons simultaneously to simulate the middle button. To copy text, use the + left button to drag across the text you want to copy, move the mouse cursor + to the place you want the text to be, and press the middle button (or mouse + wheel). + + + When an application window is displayed, there will be some buttons in + its borders for controlling the window. These include buttons to minimize, + maximize, and close the window. Their appearance can be configured and is + controlled by a component called the "Window Manager." + + + An example of border styles is the MicroGUI style (Figure + 2) which is a window manager theme used in both Sawmill and + Enlightenment. You can read more about window managers in . + + + In the MicroGUI border style, the down arrow means minimize, the up arrow means + maximize (use the whole screen), and the X button means close the window, + and the down triangle brings up the Window menu. + +
+ MicroGUI Border Style + + Clean Border Style + + + +
+ + If you've never used a Unix or Linux system before, you might find the + overview in Appendix A helpful as well. + + + The following sections go into more detail, describing each component of + the system: the window manager, panel, main menu, + desktop, file + manager, control center and applets. + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wms.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wms.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..378c0ab --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wms.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + + + + Window Managers and GNOME + + About Window Managers + + In Unix and Linux, nearly all graphical applications use the + "X Window System" + as the underlying software between the hardware and the "graphical + user interface" (GUI). The window manager is the piece of software + that controls the display windows in the X Window System environment. The + placement, borders, and decorations of any window are managed by the + window manager. GNOME works with the window manager to display application + windows on your screen. + + + GNOME is not dependent on any particular window manager. If you decide to change + window managers GNOME will maintain a consistent interface to your applications. + GNOME works with the window manager to get information about the windows on the + screen. However, some GNOME features require a "GNOME compliant window + manager" to work correctly, in particular the Desk Guide applet as well as + drag and drop on the desktop. We recommend the use of a GNOME compliant + window manager for new users. + + + Some of the window managers that have partial to full compliance at the + time of this version of the GNOME User's Guide are: + + + + + Sawfish (formerly named Sawmill) + + + + + IceWM + + + + + WindowMaker + + + + + Enlightenment + + + + + AfterStep + + + + + FVWM2 + + + + + There are other window managers being developed that will work + with GNOME. You can find some of these on the GNOME Software Map. + + + + Changing Window Managers + + At any time you may change the window manager you are using by utilizing + the Window Manager Capplet in the GNOME Control Center. You may read more + about this Capplet in + + + IMPORTANT + + Keep in mind that the window manager you choose to use may not be + compliant with GNOME and you may not benefit from some of the GNOME + features if you use it. + + + + -- cgit